Document:

Exhibit 4.2

 

MARKETO, INC.

 

2006 STOCK PLAN

AS AMENDED

 

ADOPTED ON OCTOBER 5, 2006

 

AS AMENDED ON OCTOBER 6, 2006, JULY 30, 2008, APRIL 9, 2010, NOVEMBER 12, 2010, JULY 22, 2011, NOVEMBER 4, 2011, APRIL 13, 2012, MAY 1, 2012, FEBRUARY 7, 2013 AND MAY 1, 2013

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 1.
    	
ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 2.
    	
ADMINISTRATION
    	
1
    
	
(a)           Committees of the Board of Directors
    	
1
    
	
(b)           Authority of the Board of   Directors
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 3.
    	
ELIGIBILITY
    	
1
    
	
(a)           General Rule
    	
1
    
	
(b)           Ten-Percent Stockholders
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 4.
    	
STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN
    	
2
    
	
(a)           Basic Limitation
    	
2
    
	
(b)           Additional Shares
    	
2
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 5.
    	
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES
    	
2
    
	
(a)           Stock Purchase Agreement
    	
2
    
	
(b)           Duration of Offers and   Nontransferability of Rights
    	
2
    
	
(c)            Purchase Price
    	
2
    
	
(d)           Withholding Taxes
    	
3
    
	
(e)            Restrictions on Transfer of   Shares
    	
3
    
	
(f)             Restricted Stock Units
    	
3
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 6.
    	
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS
    	
4
    
	
(a)           Stock Option Agreement
    	
4
    
	
(b)           Number of Shares
    	
4
    
	
(c)            Exercise Price
    	
4
    
	
(d)           Exercisability
    	
4
    
	
(e)            Basic Term
    	
4
    
	
(f)             Termination of Service (Except by Death)
    	
4
    
	
(g)            Leaves of Absence
    	
5
    
	
(h)           Death of Optionee
    	
5
    
	
(i)               Restrictions on Transfer of Shares
    	
5
    
	
(j)              Transferability of Options
    	
6
    
	
(k)           Withholding Taxes
    	
6
    
	
(l)               No Rights as a Stockholder
    	
6
    
	
(m)       Modification, Extension and   Assumption of Options
    	
6
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 7.
    	
PAYMENT FOR SHARES
    	
6
    
	
(a)           General Rule
    	
6
    
	
(b)           Services Rendered
    	
6
    
	
(c)            Promissory Note
    	
6
    
	
(d)           Surrender of Stock
    	
6
    
	
(e)            Exercise/Sale
    	
7
    
	
(f)             Other Forms of Payment
    	
7
    

 

i

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Page
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 8.
    	
ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES
    	
7
    
	
(a)           General
    	
7
    
	
(b)           Mergers and Consolidations
    	
7
    
	
(c)            Reservation of Rights
    	
8
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 9.
    	
SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS
    	
9
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 10.
    	
NO RETENTION RIGHTS
    	
9
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 11.
    	
DURATION AND AMENDMENTS
    	
9
    
	
(a)           Term of the Plan
    	
9
    
	
(b)           Right to Amend or Terminate the   Plan
    	
9
    
	
(c)            Effect of Amendment or   Termination
    	
9
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION 12.
    	
DEFINITIONS
    	
10
    

 

 

MARKETO, INC. 2006 STOCK PLAN

 

SECTION 1.                                     ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to offer selected persons an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by purchasing Shares of the Company’s Stock.  The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares or Restricted Stock Units and for the grant of Options to purchase Shares.  Options granted under the Plan may include Nonstatutory Options as well as ISOs intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

 

Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12.

 

SECTION 2.                                     ADMINISTRATION.

 

(a)                                 Committees of the Board of Directors.  The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees.  Each Committee shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors.  Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it.  If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan.  Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

 

(b)                                 Authority of the Board of Directors.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Grantees, all Optionees and all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser, Grantee or Optionee.  The Board of Directors shall have the full authority to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program.

 

SECTION 3.                                     ELIGIBILITY.

 

(a)                                 General Rule.  Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Nonstatutory Options or the direct award or sale of Shares or Restricted Stock Units.  Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

 

(b)                                 Ten-Percent Stockholders.  A person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant and (ii) such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Date of Grant.  For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied.

 

1

 

SECTION 4.                                     STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN.

 

(a)                                 Basic Limitation.  Not more than 10,984,547(1) Shares may be issued under the Plan (subject to Subsection (b) below and Section 8(a)).  All of these Shares may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs.  The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan shall not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan.  The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.  Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or treasury Shares.

 

(b)                                 Additional Shares.  In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company, such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan.  In the event that Shares that otherwise would have been issuable under the Plan are withheld by the Company in payment of the Purchase Price, Exercise Price or withholding taxes, such Shares shall remain available for issuance under the Plan. In the event that an outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan.

 

SECTION 5.                                     TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES.

 

(a)                                 Stock Purchase Agreement.  Each award or sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Stock Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company.  Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Purchase Agreement.  The provisions of the various Stock Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

(b)                                 Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights.  Any right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company.  Such right shall not be transferable and shall be exercisable only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

 

(c)                                  Purchase Price.  The Board of Directors shall determine the Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan at its sole discretion.  The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

(1)  Reflects the original share reserve of 3,800,000 (pre-split) shares, the 3,446,343 (pre-split) share increase approved by the Board of Directors on July 31, 2008, the 2,000,000 (pre-split) share increase approved the Board of Directors on April 9, 2010, the 3,148,107 (pre-split) share increase approved by the Board of Directors on November 12, 2010, the 1,800,000 (pre-split) share increase approved by the Board of Directors on July 22, 2011, the 1,724,647 (pre-split) share increase approved by the Board of Directors on November 4, 2011, the 3,750,000 (pre-split) share increase approved by the Board of Directors on May 1, 2012, the 3,100,000 (pre-split) share increase approved by the Board of Directors on February 7, 2013 and the adjustment as a result of a 1:2 reverse stock split that occurred in May 2013.

 

2

 

(d)                                 Withholding Taxes.  As a condition to the purchase of Shares, the Purchaser or Grantee shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such purchase or that may arise in connection the grant, vesting or settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit.

 

(e)                                  Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.  Any Shares awarded or sold under the Plan shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine.  Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Purchase Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.

 

(f)                                   Restricted Stock Units.  The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, grant to an eligible person under Section 3 hereof Restricted Stock Units under the Plan.  The Board of Directors shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Unit at the time of grant.  Vesting conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or other such criteria as the Board of Directors may determine.  Upon the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Grantee and the Company shall enter into an RSU Agreement.  The terms and conditions of each such RSU Agreement shall be determined by the Board of Directors and may differ among individual RSU Agreements and Grantees.  Unless otherwise expressly set forth in the RSU Agreement in compliance with Section 409A of the Code, on or promptly following the vesting date or dates applicable to any Restricted Stock Unit, but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the year in which such vesting date occurs, such Restricted Stock Unit(s) shall be settled in the form of cash or Shares of stock, as specified in the RSU Agreement.  Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of.

 

(i)                                     Rights as a Stockholder.  A Grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares, if any, acquired upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units. A Grantee shall not be deemed to have acquired any such Shares unless and until the Restricted Stock Units shall have been settled in Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the RSU Agreement, the Company shall have issued and delivered a certificate representing the Shares to the Grantee (or transferred on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated stock), and the Grantee’s name has been entered in the books of the Company as a stockholder.

 

(ii)                                  Termination.  Except as may otherwise be provided by the Board of Directors either in the RSU Agreement or in writing after the RSU Agreement is issued, a Grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the Grantee’s cessation of Service with the Company and any Subsidiary for any reason.

 

3

 

SECTION 6.                                     TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

 

(a)                                 Stock Option Agreement.  Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.  Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Stock Option Agreement.  The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

(b)                                 Number of Shares.  Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 8.  The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.

 

(c)                                  Exercise Price.  Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price.  The Exercise Price of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b).  Subject to the preceding sentence, the Exercise Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion.  The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.  This Subsection (c) shall not apply to an Option granted pursuant to an assumption of, or substitution for, another option in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

 

(d)                                 Exercisability.  Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable.  No Option shall be exercisable unless the Optionee (i) has delivered an executed copy of the Stock Option Agreement to the Company or (ii) otherwise agrees to be bound by the terms of the Stock Option Agreement.  The Board of Directors shall determine the exercisability provisions of the Stock Option Agreement at its sole discretion.  All of an Optionee’s Options shall become exercisable in full if Section 8(b)(iv) applies.

 

(e)                                  Basic Term.  The Stock Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option.  The term shall not exceed 10 years from the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b).  Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

 

(f)                                   Termination of Service (Except by Death).  If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following dates:

 

(i)                                     The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above;

 

(ii)                                  The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than 30 days after the termination of the Optionee’s Service); or

 

4

 

(iii)                               The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).  The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates.  In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

 

(g)                                 Leaves of Absence.  For purposes of Subsection (f) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

 

(h)                                 Death of Optionee.  If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)                                     The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above; or

 

(ii)                                  The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than six months after the Optionee’s death).

 

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death).  The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

 

(i)                                    Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.  Any Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be subject to such special forfeiture conditions, rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal and other transfer restrictions as the Board of Directors may determine.  Such restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally.

 

5

 

(j)                                    Transferability of Options.  An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence.  If the applicable Stock Option Agreement so provides, a Nonstatutory Option shall also be transferable by gift or domestic relations order to a Family Member of the Optionee.  An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

 

(k)                                 Withholding Taxes.  As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Optionee shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such exercise.  The Optionee shall also make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the disposition of Shares acquired by exercising an Option.

 

(l)                                    No Rights as a Stockholder.  An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option.

 

(m)                             Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options.  Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price.  The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

 

SECTION 7.                                     PAYMENT FOR SHARES.

 

(a)                                 General Rule.  The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.

 

(b)                                 Services Rendered.  At the discretion of the Board of Directors, Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

 

(c)                                  Promissory Note.  At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or a portion of the Purchase Price or Exercise Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note.  The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon.  The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code.  Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

 

(d)                                 Surrender of Stock.  At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of,

 

6

 

Shares that are already owned by the Optionee.  Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when the Option is exercised.

 

(e)                                  Exercise/Sale.  To the extent that a Stock Option Agreement so provides, and if Stock is publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

 

(f)                                   Other Forms of Payment.  To the extent that a Stock Purchase Agreement or Stock Option Agreement so provides, the Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid in any other form permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended.

 

SECTION 8.                                     ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

(a)                                 General.  In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Stock, a declaration of a dividend payable in Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Stock into a lesser number of Shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, proportionate adjustments shall automatically be made in each of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or Restricted Stock Unit and (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option.  In the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Stock, a recapitalization, a spin-off, or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion may make appropriate adjustments in one or more of (i) the number of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option or Restricted Stock Unit or (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

 

(b)                                 Mergers and Consolidations.  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, all outstanding Options and Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation.  Such agreement shall provide for one or more of the following:

 

(i)                                     The continuation of such outstanding Options or Restricted Stock Units by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation).

 

(ii)                                  The assumption of such outstanding Options or Restricted Stock Units by the surviving corporation or its parent, for the Options, in a manner that complies with Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such Options are ISOs).

 

(iii)                               The substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of new options for such outstanding Options in a manner that complies with

 

7

 

Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such Options are ISOs) or the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of new restricted stock units for the Restricted Stock Units in an equitable manner.

 

(iv)                              Full exercisability of such outstanding Options and full vesting of the Shares subject to such Options, followed by the cancellation of such Options, or full vesting of the Restricted Stock Units.  The full exercisability of such Options and full vesting of the Shares subject to such Options or the Restricted Stock Units may be contingent on the closing of such merger or consolidation.  The Optionees shall be able to exercise such Options during a period of not less than five full business days preceding the closing date of such merger or consolidation, unless (A) a shorter period is required to permit a timely closing of such merger or consolidation and (B) such shorter period still offers the Optionees a reasonable opportunity to exercise such Options.  Any exercise of such Options during such period may be contingent on the closing of such merger or consolidation.

 

(v)                                 The cancellation of such outstanding Options and a payment to the Optionees equal to the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Options (whether or not such Options are then exercisable or such Shares are then vested) as of the closing date of such merger or consolidation over (B) their Exercise Price, or the cancellation of such outstanding Restricted Stock Units and a payment to the Grantees equal to the value of the Restricted Stock Units.  Such payment shall be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving corporation or its parent with a Fair Market Value equal to the required amount.  Subject to Section 409A of the Code, such payment may be made in installments and may be deferred until the date or dates when such Options would have become exercisable or such Shares or Restricted Stock Units would have vested.  Such payment may be subject to vesting based on the Optionee’s or Grantee’s continuing Service, provided that the vesting schedule shall not be less favorable to the Optionee or Grantee than the schedule under which such Options would have become exercisable or such Shares or Restricted Stock Units would have vested.  If the Exercise Price of the Shares subject to such Options exceeds the Fair Market Value of such Shares, then such Options may be cancelled without making a payment to the Optionees.  For purposes of this Paragraph (v), the Fair Market Value of any security shall be determined without regard to any vesting conditions that may apply to such security.

 

(c)                                  Reservation of Rights.  Except as provided in this Section 8, an Optionee, Grantee or Purchaser shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class.  Any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option.  The grant of an Option or Restricted Stock Unit pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments,

 

8

 

reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

SECTION 9.                                     SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.

 

Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded.  The Company shall not be liable for a failure to issue Shares that is attributable to such requirements.

 

SECTION 10.                              NO RETENTION RIGHTS.

 

Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Purchaser, Grantee or Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Purchaser, Grantee or Optionee) or of the Purchaser, Grantee or Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

SECTION 11.                              DURATION AND AMENDMENTS.

 

(a)                                 Term of the Plan.  The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders.  If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan.  The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (i) the date when the Board of Directors adopted the Plan or (ii) the date when the Board of Directors approved the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 that was also approved by the Company’s stockholders.  The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

 

(b)                                 Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan.  The Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason; provided, however, that any amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders if it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8) or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs.  Stockholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan.  If the stockholders fail to approve an increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any grants, exercises or sales that have already occurred in reliance on such increase shall be rescinded and no additional grants, exercises or sales shall thereafter be made in reliance on such increase.

 

(c)                                  Effect of Amendment or Termination.  No Shares shall be issued or sold under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option granted prior to

 

9

 

such termination.  The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

 

SECTION 12.                              DEFINITIONS.

 

(a)                                 “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

(b)                                 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(c)                                  “Committee” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

 

(d)                                 “Company” shall mean Marketo, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(e)                                  “Consultant” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

(f)                                   “Date of Grant” shall mean the date of grant specified in the applicable Stock Option Agreement or RSU Agreement, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant the Option or Restricted Stock Unit or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s or Grantee’s Service.

 

(g)                                  “Disability” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(h)                                 “Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(a)                                 “Exchange Program”(i)        shall mean a program under which (i) outstanding awards or Options, Shares and/or Restricted Stock Units under the Plan are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Purchasers, Grantees and/or Optionees would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Board of Directors, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding award under the Plan is reduced or increased.  The Board of Directors will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

 

(j)                                    “Exercise Price” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

 

(k)                                 “Fair Market Value” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law.  Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

10

 

(l)                                     “Family Member” shall mean (i) any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, (ii) any person sharing the Optionee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), (iii) a trust in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, (iv) a foundation in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee control the management of assets and (v) any other entity in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee own more than 50% of the voting interests.

 

(m)                             “Grantee” shall mean a person to whom the Board of Directors has granted an equity award, including a Restricted Stock Unit, under this Plan.

 

(n)                                 “ISO” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(o)                                 “Nonstatutory Option” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

 

(p)                                 “Option” shall mean an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

 

(q)                                 “Optionee” shall mean a person who holds an Option.

 

(r)                                    “Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

(s)                                   “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.  A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

(t)                                    “Plan” shall mean this Marketo, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan.

 

(u)                                 “Purchase Price” shall mean the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

 

(v)                                 “Purchaser” shall mean a person to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to acquire Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

 

(w)                               “Restricted Stock Units” shall mean an award of phantom stock units to a Grantee, which may be settled in cash or Shares as determined by the Board of Directors, pursuant to Section 5(f).

 

11

 

(x)                                 “RSU Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Grantee who awarded Restricted Stock Units under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Restricted Stock Units.

 

(y)                                 “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

(z)                                  “Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).

 

(aa)                          “Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(bb)                          “Stock Option Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

 

(cc)                            “Stock Purchase Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who acquires Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the acquisition of such Shares.

 

(dd)                          “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.  A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

12

 

MARKETO, INC. 2006 STOCK PLAN

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT (EARLY EXERCISE)

 

The Optionee has been granted the following option to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Marketo, Inc.:

 

	
Name of Optionee:
    	
 
    	
«Name»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Number of Shares:
    	
 
    	
«TotalShares»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type of Option:
    	
 
    	
«ISO»  
    	
Incentive   Stock Option (ISO)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
«NSO»
    	
Nonstatutory   Stock Option (NSO)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Exercise Price per Share:
    	
 
    	
$«PricePerShare»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Date of Grant:
    	
 
    	
«DateGrant»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Date Exercisable:
    	
 
    	
This   option may be exercised at any time after the Date of Grant for all or any   part of the Shares subject to this option.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Vesting Commencement Date:
    	
 
    	
«VestComDate»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Vesting Schedule:
    	
 
    	
The   Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the first 25% of the Shares   subject to this option when the Optionee completes 12 months of continuous   Service after the Vesting Commencement Date set forth above. The Right of   Repurchase shall lapse with respect to an additional 1/48th of the Shares   subject to this option when the Optionee completes each month of continuous   Service thereafter.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Expiration Date:
    	
 
    	
«ExpDate». This option expires earlier if the   Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the   Stock Option Agreement.
    

 

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the 2006 Stock Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.  Both of these documents are attached to, and made a part of, this Notice of Stock Option Grant.  Section 14 of the Stock Option Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee.

 

	
OPTIONEE:
    	
 
    	
MARKETO, INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
 
    

 

 

THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

MARKETO, INC. 2006 STOCK PLAN:

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

SECTION 1.                         GRANT OF OPTION.

 

(a)                            Option.  On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).  This option is intended to be an ISO or an NSO, as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)                            $100,000 Limitation.  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the $100,000 annual limitation under Section 422(d) of the Code.

 

(c)                             Stock Plan and Defined Terms.  This option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received.  The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.  Capitalized terms are defined in Section 15 of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.                         RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

 

(a)                            Exercisability.  Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.  Shares purchased by exercising this option may be subject to the Right of Repurchase under Section 7.

 

(b)                            Shareholder Approval.  Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s shareholders.

 

SECTION 3.                         NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by

 

 

operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

SECTION 4.                         EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

 

(a)                            Notice of Exercise.  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative may exercise this option by giving written notice to the Company pursuant to Section 13(c).  The notice shall specify the election to exercise this option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment.  The person exercising this option shall sign the notice.  In the event that this option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice shall be accompanied by proof (satisfactory to the Company) of the representative’s right to exercise this option.  The Optionee or the Optionee’s representative shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 for the full amount of the Purchase Price.  In the event of a partial exercise of this option, Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in the order in which they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(b)                            Issuance of Shares.  After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this option has been exercised.  Such Shares shall be registered (i) in the name of the person exercising this option, (ii) in the names of such person and his or her spouse as community property or as joint tenants with the right of survivorship or (iii) with the Company’s consent, in the name of a revocable trust.  In the case of Restricted Shares, the Company shall cause such certificates to be deposited in escrow under Section 7(c).  In the case of other Shares, the Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this option.

 

(c)                             Withholding Taxes.  In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements.  The Optionee shall also make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy any withholding requirements that may arise in connection with the vesting or disposition of Shares purchased by exercising this option.

 

SECTION 5.                         PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

 

(a)                            Cash.  All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

(b)                                 Surrender of Stock.  At the discretion of the Board of Directors, all or any part of the Purchase Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee.  Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when this option is exercised.

 

(c)     Exercise/Sale.  All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the

 

2

 

sales proceeds to the Company.  However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (c) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

SECTION 6.                         TERM AND EXPIRATION.

 

(a)                            Basic Term.  This option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (five years after the Date of Grant if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).

 

(b)                            Termination of Service (Except by Death).  If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(i)                               The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above;

 

(ii)                            The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

 

(iii)                         The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this option is exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates.  When the Optionee’s Service terminates, this option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares.  In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this option, all or part of this option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option was exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date when the Optionee’s Service terminated.

 

(c)                             Death of the Optionee.  If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)                               The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (a) above; or

 

(ii)                            The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

All or part of this option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired this option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this option is exercisable for vested Shares on or before the Optionee’s death.  When the Optionee dies, this option shall expire immediately with respect

 

3

 

to the number of Shares for which this option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares.

 

(d)                            Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence.  If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s part-time work policy or the terms of an agreement between the Optionee and the Company pertaining to his or her part-time schedule.  If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).  Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

 

(e)                             Notice Concerning ISO Treatment.  Even if this option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it ceases to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an ISO to the extent that it is exercised:

 

(i)                               More than three months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code);

 

(ii)                            More than 12 months after the date when the Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of permanent and total disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

 

(iii)                         More than three months after the date when the Optionee has been on a leave of absence for 90 days, unless the Optionee’s reemployment rights following such leave were guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

SECTION 7.                         RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

 

(a)                            Scope of Repurchase Right.  Until they vest in accordance with the Notice of Stock Option Grant and Subsection (b) below, the Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to the Company’s Right of Repurchase.  The Company, however, may decline to exercise its Right of Repurchase or may exercise its Right of Repurchase only with respect to a portion of the Restricted Shares.  The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase only during the Repurchase Period following the termination of the Optionee’s Service.  The Right of Repurchase may be exercised automatically under Subsection (d) below.  If the Right of Repurchase is exercised, the Company shall pay the Optionee an amount equal to the Exercise Price for each of the Restricted Shares being repurchased.

 

4

 

(b)                            Lapse of Repurchase Right.  The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the Restricted Shares in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(c)                             Escrow.  Upon issuance, the certificate(s) for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  Any additional or exchanged securities or other property described in Subsection (f) below shall immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow.  All ordinary cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Optionee and shall not be held in escrow.  Restricted Shares, together with any other assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase upon exercise of the Right of Repurchase or the Right of First Refusal or (ii) released to the Optionee upon his or her request to the extent that the Shares have ceased to be Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months).  In any event, all Shares that have ceased to be Restricted Shares, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Optionee’s Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

 

(d)                                 Exercise of Repurchase Right.  The Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Right of Repurchase automatically for all Restricted Shares as of the commencement of the Repurchase Period, unless the Company during the Repurchase Period notifies the holder of the Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 13(c) that it will not exercise its Right of Repurchase for some or all of the Restricted Shares.  During the Repurchase Period, the Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Shares the purchase price determined under Subsection (a) above for the Restricted Shares being repurchased.  Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents and/or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Optionee in the purchase of the Restricted Shares.  The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company.

 

(e)                             Termination of Rights as Stockholder.  If the Right of Repurchase is exercised in accordance with this Section 7 and the Company makes available the consideration for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, then the person from whom the Restricted Shares are repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of the Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration).  Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased pursuant to this Section 7, whether or not the certificate(s) for such Restricted Shares have been delivered to the Company or the consideration for such Restricted Shares has been accepted.

 

(f)                              Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property.  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares shall immediately be subject to the Right of Repurchase.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class

 

5

 

of the Restricted Shares.  Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase, provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same.  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, the Right of Repurchase may be exercised by the Company’s successor.

 

(g)                             Transfer of Restricted Shares.  The Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company’s written consent, except as provided in the following sentence.  The Optionee may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

(h)                            Assignment of Repurchase Right.  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of Repurchase, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of Repurchase from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

SECTION 8.                         RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

 

(a)                            Right of First Refusal.  In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares.  If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

(b)                            Transfer of Shares.  If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee,

 

6

 

shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above.  If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)                             Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property.  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 8 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 8.

 

(d)                            Termination of Right of First Refusal.  Any other provision of this Section 8 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

(e)                             Permitted Transfers.  This Section 8 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

(f)                              Termination of Rights as Shareholder.  If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 8, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

7

 

(g)                             Assignment of Right of First Refusal.  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 8.

 

SECTION 9.                         LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

 

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this option unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

(a)                            It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

 

(b)                            Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

 

(c)                             Any other applicable provision of federal, State or foreign law has been satisfied.

 

SECTION 10.                  NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

 

SECTION 11.                  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

 

(a)                            Securities Law Restrictions.  Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

 

(b)                                 Market Stand-Off.  In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter.  Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the

 

8

 

Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b).  This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

(c)                             Investment Intent at Grant.  The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

(d)                            Investment Intent at Exercise.  In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

(e)                             Legends.  All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY.  THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

9

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

(f)                              Removal of Legends.  If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

(g)                             Administration.  Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 11 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

 

SECTION 12.                  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan.  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

SECTION 13.                  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

(a)                            Rights as a Shareholder.  Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Purchase Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

 

(b)                            No Retention Rights.  Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

(c)                             Notice.  Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing.  It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

(d)                            Entire Agreement.  The Notice of Stock Option Grant, this Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter

 

10

 

hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

(e)                             Choice of Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

SECTION 14.                  ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

 

(a)                                 Tax Consequences.  The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities.  The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this option or the Optionee’s other compensation.  In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant.  Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company.  The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

(b)                                 Electronic Delivery of Documents.  The Optionee agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Plan or this option (including, without limitation, a copy of the Plan) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission).  The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company.  If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email.

 

SECTION 15.                  DEFINITIONS.

 

(a)                            “Agreement” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

 

(b)                            “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

 

(c)                             “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(d)                            “Committee” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

 

(e)                             “Company” shall mean Marketo, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

11

 

(f)                              “Consultant” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

(g)                             “Date of Grant” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

 

(h)                            “Disability” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(i)                                “Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(j)                               “Exercise Price” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(k)                            “Fair Market Value” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.  Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

(l)                                “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(m)                        “ISO” shall mean an employee incentive stock option described in Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

(n)                            “Notice of Stock Option Grant” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

 

(o)                            “NSO” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

 

(p)                            “Optionee” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(q)                            “Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

(r)                               “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(s)                              “Plan” shall mean the Marketo, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

 

12

 

(t)                               “Purchase Price” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

 

(u)                            “Repurchase Period” shall mean a period of 90 consecutive days commencing on the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) death or disability.

 

(v)                            “Restricted Share” shall mean a Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase.

 

(w)                          “Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 8.

 

(x)                            “Right of Repurchase” shall mean the Company’s right of repurchase described in Section 7.

 

(y)                            “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(z)                             “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

(aa)                     “Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

 

(bb)                     “Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(cc)                       “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(dd)                     “Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

 

(ee)                       “Transfer Notice” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 8.

 

13

 

MARKETO, INC. 2006 STOCK PLAN

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Pursuant to the Marketo, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), this Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice”), and the terms and conditions set forth in the Non-U.S. Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”), Marketo, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted a stock option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares listed below to the Optionee named below:

 

	
Name of Optionee:
    	
 
    	
«Name»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total   Number of Shares:
    	
 
    	
«TotalShares»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type   of Option:
    	
 
    	
Nonstatutory   Stock Option (NSO)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Exercise   Price per Share:
    	
 
    	
$«PricePerShare»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Date of Grant:
    	
 
    	
«DateGrant»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Date   Exercisable:
    	
 
    	
This   Option may be exercised at any time after the Date of Grant for all or any   part of the Shares subject to this Option.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Vesting Commencement Date:
    	
 
    	
«VestComDate»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Vesting   Schedule:
    	
 
    	
[InsertVestingSchedule]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Expiration   Date:
    	
 
    	
«ExpDate». This Option expires earlier if the   Optionee’s Service terminates earlier, as provided in Section 6 of the   Agreement.
    

 

By signing below, the Optionee and the Company agree that this option is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement and this Notice.  Section 17 of the Agreement includes important acknowledgements of the Optionee.

 

 

	
OPTIONEE:
    	
MARKETO, INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Optionee’s   Signature
    	
Title:
    	
 
    
				

 

 

THE OPTION GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

MARKETO, INC. 2006 STOCK PLAN:

NON-U.S. STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

SECTION 1.        GRANT OF OPTION.

 

(a)           Option.  On the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Agreement, the Company grants to the Optionee on the Date of Grant the option to purchase at the Exercise Price the number of Shares set forth in the Notice.  The Exercise Price is agreed to be at least 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant (110% of Fair Market Value if Section 3(b) of the Plan applies).  This Option is intended to be an NSO, as provided in the Notice.

 

(b)           Stock Plan and Defined Terms.  This Option is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which the Optionee acknowledges having received.  The provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.  Capitalized terms are defined in Section 18 of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.        RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

 

(a)           Exercisability.  Subject to Subsection (b) below and the other conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this Option may be exercised prior to its expiration at the time or times set forth in the Notice.  Shares purchased by exercising this Option may be subject to the Right of Repurchase under Section 7.

 

(b)           Shareholder Approval.  Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, no portion of this Option shall be exercisable at any time prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company’s shareholders.

 

SECTION 3.        NO TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT OF OPTION.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Option and the rights and privileges conferred hereby shall not be sold, pledged or otherwise transferred (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to sale under execution, attachment, levy or similar process.

 

 

SECTION 4.        EXERCISE PROCEDURES.

 

(a)           Notice of Exercise.  The Optionee may exercise this Option by giving written notice to the Company.  The notice shall specify the election to exercise this Option, the number of Shares for which it is being exercised and the form of payment.  The person exercising this Option shall sign the notice.  The Optionee shall deliver to the Company, at the time of giving the notice, payment in a form permissible under Section 5 or as otherwise provided in the Appendix for the full amount of the Exercise Price.  In the event of a partial exercise of this Option, Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in the order in which they vest in accordance with the Notice.

 

(b)           Issuance of Shares.  After receiving a proper notice of exercise, the Company shall cause to be issued one or more certificates evidencing the Shares for which this Option has been exercised.  In the case of Restricted Shares, the Company shall cause such certificates to be deposited in escrow under Section 7(c).  In the case of other Shares, the Company shall cause such certificates to be delivered to or upon the order of the person exercising this Option.

 

(c)           Withholding Taxes.  In the event that the Company determines that it is required to withhold any tax as a result of the exercise of this Option, the Optionee, as a condition to the exercise of this Option, shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to enable it to satisfy all withholding requirements.  The Optionee acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, the Optionee’s employer (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Optionee (“Tax-Related Items”), is and remains the Optionee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer.  The Optionee further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends; and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate the Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result.  Further, if the Optionee is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Optionee acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

Prior to the relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Optionee agrees to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items.

 

In this regard, the Optionee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired at exercise of the option either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Optionee’s behalf pursuant to this authorization) without further consent.

 

2

 

The Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering maximum applicable rates, in which case the Optionee will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent

 

Finally, the Optionee agrees to pay to the Company or the Employer, including through withholding from the Optionee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Optionee by the Company and/or the Employer, any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described.  The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if Participant fails to comply with his or her obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

SECTION 5.        PAYMENT FOR STOCK.

 

(a)           Cash.  All or part of the Purchase Price may be paid in cash or cash equivalents.

 

(b)           Exercise/Sale.  All or part of the Purchase Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.  However, payment pursuant to this Subsection (b) shall be permitted only if (i) Stock then is publicly traded and (ii) such payment does not violate applicable law.

 

SECTION 6.        TERM AND EXPIRATION.

 

(a)           Basic Term.  This Option shall in any event expire on the expiration date set forth in the Notice, which date is 10 years after the Date of Grant (the “Expiration Date”).

 

(b)           Termination of Service (Except by Death).  If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than death, then this Option shall expire on the earliest of the following occasions:

 

(i)            The Expiration Date as set forth in the Notice;

 

(ii)           The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability; or

 

(iii)          The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability.

 

The Optionee may exercise all or part of this Option at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that this Option is exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates.  When the Optionee’s Service terminates (as described further in Section 13(l) of this Agreement, this Option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this Option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares.  In the event that the Optionee dies after termination of Service but before the expiration of this Option, all or part of this Option may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the Optionee’s heirs or any person who has acquired this Option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this

 

3

 

Option was exercisable for vested Shares on or before the date when the Optionee’s Service terminated.

 

(c)           Death of the Optionee.  If the Optionee dies while in Service, then this Option shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)            The Expiration Date set forth in the Notice; or

 

(ii)           The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death.

 

All or part of this Option may be exercised at any time before its expiration under the preceding sentence by the Optionee’s heirs or by any person who has acquired this Option directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that this Option is exercisable for vested Shares on or before the Optionee’s death.  When the Optionee dies, this Option shall expire immediately with respect to the number of Shares for which this Option is not yet exercisable and with respect to any Restricted Shares.

 

(d)           Part-Time Employment and Leaves of Absence.  If the Optionee commences working on a part-time basis, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice in accordance with the Company’s part-time work policy or the terms of an agreement between the Optionee and the Company pertaining to his or her part-time schedule.  If the Optionee goes on a leave of absence, then the Company may adjust the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice in accordance with the Company’s leave of absence policy or the terms of such leave.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Service shall be deemed to continue for any purpose under this Agreement while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if (i) such leave was approved by the Company in writing and (ii) continued crediting of Service for such purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).  Service shall be deemed to terminate when such leave ends, unless the Optionee immediately returns to active work.

 

SECTION 7.        RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

 

(a)           Scope of Repurchase Right.  Until they vest in accordance with the Notice and Subsection (b) below, the Shares acquired under this Agreement shall be Restricted Shares and shall be subject to the Company’s Right of Repurchase.  The Company, however, may decline to exercise its Right of Repurchase or may exercise its Right of Repurchase only with respect to a portion of the Restricted Shares.  The Company may exercise its Right of Repurchase only during the Repurchase Period following the termination of the Optionee’s Service.  The Right of Repurchase may be exercised automatically under Subsection (d) below.  If the Right of Repurchase is exercised, the Company shall pay the Optionee an amount equal to the Exercise Price for each of the Restricted Shares being repurchased.

 

(b)           Lapse of Repurchase Right.  The Right of Repurchase shall lapse with respect to the Restricted Shares in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice.

 

(c)           Escrow.  Upon issuance, the certificate(s) for Restricted Shares shall be deposited in escrow with the Company to be held in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.  Any additional or exchanged securities or other property described in Subsection (f) below shall

 

4

 

immediately be delivered to the Company to be held in escrow.  All ordinary cash dividends on Restricted Shares (or on other securities held in escrow) shall be paid directly to the Optionee and shall not be held in escrow.  Restricted Shares, together with any other assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be (i) surrendered to the Company for repurchase upon exercise of the Right of Repurchase or the Right of First Refusal or (ii) released to the Optionee upon his or her request to the extent that the Shares have ceased to be Restricted Shares (but not more frequently than once every six months).  In any event, all Shares that have ceased to be Restricted Shares, together with any other vested assets held in escrow under this Agreement, shall be released within 90 days after the earlier of (i) the termination of the Optionee’s Service or (ii) the lapse of the Right of First Refusal.

 

(d)           Exercise of Repurchase Right.  The Company shall be deemed to have exercised its Right of Repurchase automatically for all Restricted Shares as of the commencement of the Repurchase Period, unless the Company during the Repurchase Period notifies the holder of the Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 16(c) that it will not exercise its Right of Repurchase for some or all of the Restricted Shares.  During the Repurchase Period, the Company shall pay to the holder of the Restricted Shares the purchase price determined under Subsection (a) above for the Restricted Shares being repurchased.  Payment shall be made in cash or cash equivalents and/or by canceling indebtedness to the Company incurred by the Optionee in the purchase of the Restricted Shares.  The certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company.

 

(e)           Termination of Rights as Stockholder.  If the Right of Repurchase is exercised in accordance with this Section 7 and the Company makes available the consideration for the Restricted Shares being repurchased, then the person from whom the Restricted Shares are repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of the Restricted Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration).  Such Restricted Shares shall be deemed to have been repurchased pursuant to this Section 7, whether or not the certificate(s) for such Restricted Shares have been delivered to the Company or the consideration for such Restricted Shares has been accepted.

 

(f)            Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property.  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Restricted Shares shall immediately be subject to the Right of Repurchase.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Restricted Shares.  Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the price per share to be paid upon the exercise of the Right of Repurchase, provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Restricted Shares shall remain the same.  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, the Right of Repurchase may be exercised by the Company’s successor.

 

5

 

(g)           Transfer of Restricted Shares.  The Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any Restricted Shares without the Company’s written consent, except as provided in the following sentence.  The Optionee may transfer Restricted Shares to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Restricted Shares, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

(h)           Assignment of Repurchase Right.  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of Repurchase, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of Repurchase from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

SECTION 8.        RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

 

(a)           Right of First Refusal.  In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired under this Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Shares.  If the Optionee desires to transfer Shares acquired under this Agreement, the Optionee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, state, local or foreign securities laws.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

(b)           Transfer of Shares.  If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Optionee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, state, local and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Optionee is bound.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above.  If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form

 

6

 

other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)           Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property.  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 8 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 8.

 

(d)           Termination of Right of First Refusal.  Any other provision of this Section 8 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Optionee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

(e)           Permitted Transfers.  This Section 8 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Optionee for the benefit of the Optionee and/or one or more members of the Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.  If the Optionee transfers any Shares acquired under this Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Optionee.

 

(f)            Termination of Rights as Shareholder.  If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 8, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(g)           Assignment of Right of First Refusal.  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 8.

 

7

 

SECTION 9.        LEGALITY OF INITIAL ISSUANCE.

 

No Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Option unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

(a)           It and the Optionee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the U.S. Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

 

(b)           Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

 

(c)           Any other applicable provision of federal, state, local or foreign law has been satisfied.

 

SECTION 10.      NO REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the U.S. Securities Act or any other applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this Agreement to comply with any law.

 

SECTION 11.      RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

 

(a)           Securities Law Restrictions.  Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state or other relevant jurisdiction, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state, country or any other applicable law.

 

(b)           Market Stand-Off.  In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s initial public offering, the Optionee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter.  Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the

 

8

 

date of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b).  This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

(c)           Investment Intent at Grant.  The Optionee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon exercising this Option will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

(d)           Investment Intent at Exercise.  In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the U.S. Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Optionee shall represent and agree at the time of exercise that the Shares being acquired upon exercising this Option are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

(e)           Legends.  All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY.  THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

All certificates evidencing Shares purchased under this Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN

 

9

 

OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

(f)            Removal of Legends.  If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares sold under this Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

(g)           Administration.  Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 11 shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and all other persons.

 

SECTION 12.      ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.

 

In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of this Option (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to this Option and the Exercise Price) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan.  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, this Option shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

SECTION 13.      NATURE OF GRANT.

 

In accepting the Option, the Optionee acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

 

(a)           the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature, and may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

 

(b)           the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

 

(c)           all decisions with respect to future option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(d)           the option grant and the Optionee’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or service contract with the Company,  the Employer or any Subsidiary or Parent, and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, the Employer or any Subsidiary or Parent, as applicable, to terminate the Optionee’s Service (if any);

 

(e)           the Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(f)            the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

(g)           the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without

 

10

 

limitation, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

(h)           the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(i)            if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

 

(j)            if the Optionee exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

 

(k)           no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of the Optionee’s Service (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Optionee is employed or the terms of the Optionee’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which the Optionee is otherwise not entitled, the Optionee irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any Subsidiary or Parent or the Employer, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, any Subsidiary or Parent, and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, the Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agree to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

 

(l)            for purposes of the Option, the Optionee’s Service will be considered terminated as of the date the Optionee is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent, regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Optionee is employed or the terms of the Optionee’s employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, (i) the Optionee’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., the Optionee’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Optionee is employed or the terms of the Optionee’s employment agreement, if any);  and (ii) the period (if any) during which the Optionee may exercise the Option after such termination of the Optionee’s Service will commence on the date the Optionee ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or terms of Participant’s employment agreement, if any; the Board of Directors shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Optionee is no longer actively providing services for purposes of his or her Option grant (including whether the Optionee may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence;

 

(m)          unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged,

 

11

 

cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the shares of the Company;

 

(n)           the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose; and

 

(o)           the Optionee acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company, the Employer nor any Subsidiary or Parent  shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Optionee’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to the Optionee pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

 

SECTION 14.      NO ADVICE REGARDING OPTION.

 

The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, or the Optionee’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares.  The Optionee is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

SECTION 15.      DATA PRIVACY.

 

The Optionee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Optionee’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Option grant materials (“Data”) by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Subsidiary or Parent for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

 

The Optionee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about the Optionee, including, but not limited to, the Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

 

The Optionee understands that Data will be transferred to a designated Plan broker or such other stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.  The Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Optionee’s country.  The Optionee understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative.  The Optionee authorizes the Company, the designated Plan broker and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in

 

12

 

electronic or other form, for the sole purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  The Optionee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Optionee’s participation in the Plan.  The Optionee understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative.  Further, the Optionee understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis.  If the Optionee does not consent, or if the Optionee later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her Service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing the Optionee’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant the Optionee options or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards.  Therefore, the Optionee understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect the Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan.  For more information on the consequences of the Optionee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Optionee understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

 

SECTION 16.      MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

(a)           Rights as a Shareholder.  Neither the Optionee nor the Optionee’s representative shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares subject to this option until the Optionee or the Optionee’s representative becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

 

(b)           No Retention Rights.  Nothing in this option or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Optionee) or of the Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

(c)           Notice.  Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing.  It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, or local country equivalent, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Optionee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

(d)           Entire Agreement.  The Notice, this Agreement, including the Appendix, and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

(e)           Choice of Law; Venue.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

13

 

For purposes of any action, lawsuit or other proceedings brought to enforce this Agreement, relating to it, or arising from it, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of San Mateo County, California, or the federal courts for the United States for the  Northern District of California, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

 

(f)            Language.  If the Optionee has received this Agreement, or any other document related to the Option and/or the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

(g)           Severability.  The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

(h)           Imposition of Other Requirements.  The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Optionee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

 

(i)            Waiver.  The Optionee acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by the Optionee or any other Optionee.

 

SECTION 17.      ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS OF THE OPTIONEE.

 

(a)           Tax Consequences.  The Optionee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Optionee’s tax liabilities.  The Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from this Option.  In particular, the Optionee acknowledges that this Option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the Exercise Price is at least equal to the Fair Market Value per Share on the Date of Grant.  Since Shares are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their Fair Market Value is made by the Board of Directors or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company.  The Optionee acknowledges that there is no guarantee in either case that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and the Optionee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

(b)           Electronic Delivery of Documents.  The Optionee agrees that the Company may decide, in its sole discretion, to deliver by email or other electronic means any documents relating to the Plan or this Option (including, without limitation, a copy of the Plan) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission).  The Optionee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company.  If the

 

14

 

Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Optionee by email.  Furthermore, the Optionee agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

(c)           Appendix.  Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, the Option shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any Appendix to this Agreement for the Optionee’s country.  Moreover, if the Optionee relocates to one of the countries included in the Appendix, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to the Optionee, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons.  The Appendix constitutes part of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 18.      DEFINITIONS.

 

(a)           “Agreement” shall mean this Stock Option Agreement.

 

(b)           “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time or, if a Committee has been appointed, such Committee.

 

(c)           “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(d)           “Committee” shall mean a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2 of the Plan.

 

(e)           “Company” shall mean Marketo, Inc., a California corporation.

 

(f)            “Consultant” shall mean a person who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor, excluding Employees and Outside Directors.

 

(g)           “Date of Grant” shall mean the date of grant specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant this option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

 

(h)           “Disability” shall mean that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

(i)            “Employee” shall mean any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

(j)            “Exercise Price” shall mean the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of this option, as specified in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(k)           “Fair Market Value” shall mean the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith.  Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

15

 

(l)            “Immediate Family” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(m)          “Notice of Stock Option Grant” shall mean the document so entitled to which this Agreement is attached.

 

(n)           “NSO” shall mean a stock option not described in Sections 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code.

 

(o)           “Optionee” shall mean the person named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant.

 

(p)           “Outside Director” shall mean a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

(q)           “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(r)            “Plan” shall mean the Marketo, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan, as in effect on the Date of Grant.

 

(s)            “Purchase Price” shall mean the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares with respect to which this option is being exercised.

 

(t)            “Repurchase Period” shall mean a period of 90 consecutive days commencing on the date when the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) death or disability.

 

(u)           “Restricted Share” shall mean a Share that is subject to the Right of Repurchase.

 

(v)           “Right of First Refusal” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 8.

 

(w)          “Right of Repurchase” shall mean the Company’s right of repurchase described in Section 7.

 

(x)           “Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(y)           “Service” shall mean service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

(z)           “Share” shall mean one share of Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan (if applicable).

 

(aa)         “Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(bb)         “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other

 

16

 

than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(cc)         “Transferee” shall mean any person to whom the Optionee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired under this Agreement.

 

(dd)         “Transfer Notice” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 8.

 

17

 

APPENDIX

 

TO THE

MARKETO, INC. 2006 STOCK PLAN:

NON-U.S. STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Terms and Conditions

 

This Appendix includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Option granted to the Optionee under the Plan if the Optionee resides in one of the countries listed below.  Certain capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix have the meanings set forth in the Plan and/or the Agreement.

 

If the Optionee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which the Optionee is currently working, transfers employment to another country after the Option is granted to the Optionee, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the terms and conditions contained herein may not be applicable to the Optionee and the Company shall, in its discretion, determine to what extent the terms and conditions contained herein shall apply to the Optionee.

 

Notifications

 

This Appendix also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which the Optionee should be aware with respect to participation in the Plan.  The information is based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of June 2012.  Such laws are often complex and change frequently.  As a result, the Company strongly recommends that the Optionee not rely on the information in the Appendix as the only source of information relating to the consequences of participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time that the Optionee exercises the options or sells Shares acquired under the Plan.  In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to the Optionee’s particular situation and the Company is not in a position to assure the Optionee of any particular result.  Accordingly, the Optionee is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in the Optionee’s country may apply to the Optionee’s situation.

 

IRELAND

 

Notifications

 

Director Notification Requirement.  If the Optionee is a director, shadow director or secretary of the Company or an Irish Subsidiary or Parent, the Optionee must notify the Company or the Irish Subsidiary or Parent in writing within five (5) business days of receiving or disposing of an interest in the Company (e.g., an Option or Shares), or within five (5) business days of becoming aware of the event giving rise to the notification requirement, or within five (5) business days of

 

18

 

becoming a director, shadow director or secretary if such an interest exists at the time.  This notification requirement also applies with respect to the interests of a spouse or minor children (whose interests, if any, will be attributed to the director, shadow director or secretary).

 

UNITED KINGDOM

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Section 431 Election.  As a condition of participation in the Plan and the exercise of the Option, the Optionee agrees that, jointly with the Employer (or the Company or a Subsidiary or Parent), if applicable), he or she shall enter into the joint election within Section 431 of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (“ITEPA 2003”) in respect of computing any tax charge on the acquisition of “Restricted Securities” (as defined in Sections 423 and 424 of ITEPA 2003), and that the Optionee will not revoke such election at any time.  This election will be to treat the Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Option as if such Shares were not Restricted Securities (for U.K. tax purposes only).  The Optionee must enter into the election concurrent with the execution of the Agreement.

 

Joint Election for Transfer of Liability for Employer National Insurance Contributions.  As a condition of participation in the Plan and the exercise of the Option at a time when the Company’s Shares are considered readily convertible assets under U.K. law, the Optionee agrees to accept any liability for secondary Class 1 National Insurance contributions that may be payable by the Company, the Employer, or a Subsidiary or Parent in connection with the Option and any event giving rise to Tax-Related Items (the “Employer NICs”).  Without prejudice to the foregoing, the Optionee agrees to execute a joint election with the Company, the form of such joint election (the “Joint Election”) having been approved formally by Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”), and any other required consent or election prior to exercise of the option.  The Optionee further agrees to execute such other joint elections as may be required between the Optionee and any successor to the Company, the Employer, or a Subsidiary or Parent.  The Optionee further agrees that the Company, the Employer, or a Subsidiary or Parent may collect the Employer NICs from the Optionee by any of the means set forth in Section 4(c) of the Agreement.

 

If the Company’s Shares are considered readily convertible assets under UK law and the Optionee does not enter into a Joint Election prior to the exercise of the Option, he or she will not be entitled to exercise the Option unless and until he or she enters into a Joint Election, and no Shares will be issued to the Optionee under the Plan, without any liability to the Company, the Employer, or a Subsidiary or Parent.

 

Withholding Taxes.  This provision supplements Section 4(c) of the Agreement and applies if the Company’s Shares are considered readily convertible assets under U.K. law at the time of exercise:

 

If payment or withholding of the Tax-Related Items is not made within 90 days of the event giving rise to the Tax-Related Items (the “Due Date”) or such other period specified in Section 222(1)(c) of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003, the amount of any

 

19

 

uncollected income tax and national insurance contributions will constitute a loan owed by the Optionee to the Employer, effective on the Due Date.  The Optionee agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current Official Rate of HMRC, it will be immediately due and repayable, and the Company or the Employer may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 4(c) of the Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Optionee is a director or executive officer of the Company (within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), the Optionee will not be eligible for such a loan to cover the tax liability.  In the event that the Optionee is a director or executive officer and the Tax-Related Items are not collected from or paid by Participant by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax and national insurance contributions will constitute a benefit to the Optionee on which additional income tax and national insurance contributions will be payable.  The Optionee will be responsible for reporting and paying any income tax and national insurance contributions due on this additional benefit directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime.

 

In addition, the Optionee agrees that the Company and/or the Employer may calculate the Tax-Related Items to be withheld and accounted for by reference to the maximum applicable rates, without prejudice to any right the Optionee may have to recover any overpayment from the relevant tax authorities.

 

20

 

THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE SETTLEMENT THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
 UNDER THE MARKETO, INC.
 2006 STOCK PLAN

 

Name of  Grantee:  «Name»

No. of Restricted Stock Units Granted:  «RSUs»

Date of Grant:  «Grant_Date»

Vesting Commencement Date:  «VCD»

Expiration Date:  «Expiration»

 

Pursuant to the Marketo, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”) and the terms and conditions set forth in this RSU Agreement, Marketo, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed above (an “RSU”) to the Grantee named above.  Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one Share.  Capitalized terms in this RSU Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.  The RSU shall also be subject to the indemnification terms set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

 

1.             Restrictions on Transfer of RSU.  The RSU may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and, subject to the restrictions contained in this RSU Agreement and the Plan, Shares issuable with respect to the RSU may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the RSU has vested as provided in Section 2 of this RSU Agreement and (ii) Shares have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this RSU Agreement.  In addition, the RSU and any Shares issuable upon settlement of the RSU, shall be subject to the restrictions contained herein, including, without limitation, the indemnification terms set forth in Exhibit A, and in the Plan.

 

2.             Conditions and Vesting of Restricted Stock Units.  The RSU are subject to both a time-based vesting condition (the “Time Condition”) and performance-based vesting condition (the “Performance Vesting”) described in paragraphs (a) and (b) below, both of which vesting conditions must be satisfied prior to the Expiration Date before the RSU will be deemed vested and may be settled in accordance with Section 4.

 

(a)         Time Condition.  Subject to the Performance Vesting described in paragraph (b) below, 50 percent of the RSU shall satisfy the Time Condition on the first

 

 

anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and 50 percent of the RSU shall satisfy the Time Condition on the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Grantee continues to provide Service to the Company at each such time.

 

(b)         Performance Vesting.  Subject to the Time Condition described in paragraph (a) above, the RSU shall only satisfy the Performance Vesting on the first to occur of (i) a Sale Event or (ii) the Company’s Initial Public Offering, in either case, prior to the Expiration Date.  For purposes hereof, a “Sale Event” means a “change in ownership”, “change in effective control” or “change of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, but for the avoidance of doubt, a capital raising event or merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a Sale Event.  For purposes hereof, an “Initial Public Offering” means the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Shares shall be publicly held.

 

(c)         Vesting Date.  Each date as of which both the Time Condition and Performance Vesting described in paragraphs (a) and (b) have been satisfied with respect to any Restricted Stock Units shall be referred to as a “Vesting Date.”  No Vesting Date shall occur after the Expiration Date. To the extent the RSU has not satisfied both the Time Condition and the Performance Vesting, such Restricted Stock Units shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date.

 

3.             Termination of Service.  If the Grantee’s Service with the Company terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the Time Condition set forth in Section 2(a) above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such forfeited Restricted Stock Units.  Any Restricted Stock Units that have satisfied the Time Condition as of the date the Grantee’s Service with the Company terminates for any reason , shall remain subject to the Performance Vesting set forth in Section 2(b), but shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date.

 

4.             Settlement and Receipt of Shares of Stock.  As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the calendar year in which such Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of Shares equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units that have satisfied the Time Condition and Performance Vesting pursuant to Section 2 of this RSU Agreement on such Vesting Date and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such Shares.

 

5.             Incorporation of Plan.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this RSU Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Board of Directors to administer the Plan as set forth in the Plan.

 

6.             Tax Withholding.  The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt or settlement of the RSU becomes a taxable event for income tax purposes, satisfy any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event.

 

2

 

Such withholding shall be satisfied, in the Company’s sole discretion, (i) by the Company withholding from Shares to be issued to the Grantee a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due; (ii) by the Company causing its transfer agent to sell from the number of Shares to be issued to the Grantee, the number of Shares necessary to satisfy the Federal, state and local taxes required by law to be withheld from the Grantee on account of such transfer; or (iii) by requiring the Grantee to pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for payment of, the required tax withholding obligation.

 

7.             Right of First Refusal.

 

(a)         Transfer Notice.  In the event that the Grantee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired pursuant to the settlement of the RSU under this RSU Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all of such Shares.  If the Grantee desires to transfer any Shares acquired pursuant to the settlement of the RSU under this RSU Agreement, the Grantee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Grantee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, or less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

(b)         Transfer of Shares.  If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Grantee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Grantee is bound.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Grantee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above.  If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)         Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property.  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend

 

3

 

payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

 

(d)         Termination of Right of First Refusal.  Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Grantee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and the Grantee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

(e)         Permitted Transfers.  This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Grantee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Grantee for the benefit of the Grantee and/or one or more members of the Grantee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this RSU Agreement.  If the Grantee transfers any Shares acquired under this RSU Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this RSU Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Grantee.

 

(f)          Termination of Rights as Shareholder.  If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this RSU Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this RSU Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this RSU Agreement.

 

(g)         Assignment of Right of First Refusal.  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

(h)         Definitions.

 

(i)            “Immediate Family” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(ii)           “Right of First Refusal” means the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

 

(iii)          “Transferee” means any person to whom the Grantee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired upon settlement of the RSU.

 

4

 

(iv)          “Transfer Notice” means the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

8.             Legality of Initial Issuance.  No Shares shall be issued upon the settlement of the RSU under this RSU Agreement unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

(a)           It and the Grantee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the Securities Act or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

 

(b)           Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

 

(c)           Any other applicable provision of federal, state or foreign law has been satisfied.

 

9.             No Registration Rights.  The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this RSU Agreement to comply with any law.

 

10.          Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.

 

(a)         Securities Law Restrictions.  Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law.

 

(b)         Market Stand-Off.  In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s Initial Public Offering, the Grantee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this RSU Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter.  Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering.  In the

 

5

 

event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this RSU Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b).  This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(c)         Investment Intent at Grant.  The Grantee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon settlement of the RSU under this RSU Agreement will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

(d)         Investment Intent at Settlement.  In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Grantee shall represent and agree at the time of settlement of the RSU under this RSU Agreement that the Shares being acquired upon such settlement are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

(e)         Legends.  All certificates evidencing Shares acquired under this RSU Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES.  THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

All certificates evidencing Shares acquired under this RSU Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

6

 

(f)          Removal of Legends.  If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares acquired under this RSU Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

(g)         Administration.  Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Grantee and all other persons.

 

11.          Adjustment of Shares.  In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of the RSU (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to the RSU) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan.  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, the RSU shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

12.          Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)         Rights as a Shareholder.  Neither the Grantee nor the Grantee’s representative shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares subject to the RSU until the Grantee or the Grantee’s representative are issued Shares in settlement of the RSU in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and this RSU Agreement.

 

(b)         No Retention Rights.  Nothing in the RSU Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Grantee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Grantee) or of the Grantee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

(c)         Notice.  Any notice required by the terms of this RSU Agreement shall be given in writing.  It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Grantee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

(d)         Entire Agreement.  This RSU Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

(e)         Choice of Law.  This RSU Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

7

 

13.          Acknowledgments of the Grantee.

 

(a)         Tax Consequences.  The Grantee agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes the Grantee’s tax liabilities.  The Grantee shall not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from the RSU or the Grantee’s other compensation.

 

(b)         Electronic Delivery of Documents.  The Grantee agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Plan or the RSU (including, without limitation, a copy of the Plan) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission).  The Grantee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company.  If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Grantee by email.

 

14.          Section 409A.  This RSU is intended to constitute a “short term deferral” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code to the greatest extent possible, and otherwise is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code, and the RSU will be administered and interpreted in accordance with that intent.  To the extent that any provision of this RSU Agreement is ambiguous as to its exemption from, or compliance with, Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder are either exempt from, or comply with, Section 409A of the Code.  Solely for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each issuance of Shares on a Vesting Date shall be considered a separate payment.  The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Grantee or any other person if any provisions of this RSU are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

 

15.          Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)         Severability.  The provisions of this RSU Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions nevertheless shall be binding and enforceable.

 

(b)         Imposition of Other Requirements.  The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, on this RSU and on any Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent that the Company determines that it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with applicable law or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require the Grantee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

 

(c)         No Advice Regarding RSU.  The Company is not providing any tax, legal, or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, or his or her acquisition or sale of Shares issued pursuant to this RSU.  The Grantee is solely responsible for taking all appropriate legal advice, notably concerning U.S. and local country tax and social security regulations, when signing this RSU Agreement, or selling the Shares acquired upon settlement of the RSU, or more generally when making any decision in relation with this RSU, this RSU Agreement or otherwise under the Plan.  The

 

8

 

Company does not represent or guaranty that the Grantee may benefit from specific provisions under said regulations and the Grantee shall on his or her own efforts receive proper information in this respect.  The Grantee is hereby advised to consult with his or her personal tax, legal, and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

 

	
 
    	
MARKETO, INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

By signing below, the Grantee agrees that the RSU is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the Plan and this RSU Agreement including Exhibit A hereto regarding Grantee’s indemnification obligations.  Grantee further acknowledges that he or she has received a copy of the Merger Agreement (as defined in Exhibit A).

 

 

	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Grantee’s   Signature
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Grantee’s   Name
    

 

9

 

EXHIBIT A

 

INDEMNIFICATION TERMS

 

Reference is made to that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among the Company, Crystal Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, Crowd Factory, Inc., a Delaware corporation and Hummer Winbald Venture Partners VI, L.P., as Stockholder’s Agent, dated as of the date hereof (the “Merger Agreement”).  All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this RSU Agreement or this Exhibit A shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Merger Agreement.

 

In the event that, during the eighteen (18) month period following the Closing Date, an Acquiror Indemnified Person, makes a claim for Damages pursuant to provisions set forth in Section 9 of the Merger Agreement (a “Claim”) that could be satisfied from the Escrow Fund except that either (x) such Claim cannot be completely satisfied from the Escrow Fund because the Escrow Fund has been fully depleted in satisfaction of previous claims for Damages by Acquiror Indemnified Persons or (y) the Claim exceeds the remaining Escrow Fund available to satisfy such Claims, then the Company may satisfy the portion of any such Claims not satisfiable from the Escrow Fund from the Restricted Stock Units granted to Grantee, subject to the terms hereof (the “Indemnification Obligation”).

 

Up to 15% of the number of Restricted Stock Units originally granted to Grantee under the RSU Agreement are subject to forfeiture pursuant to Grantee’s Indemnification Obligations hereunder.  For purposes of such forfeiture, each Restricted Stock Unit shall be valued at $2.28 (the “Indemnification Value”) and any Restricted Stock Units forfeited pursuant to the Grantee’s Indemnification Obligation shall be forfeited by the Grantee for no consideration.  In satisfying Grantee’s Indemnification Obligation, Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited first from any Restricted Stock Units that have not satisfied the Time Condition and then from any Restricted Stock Units that have satisfied the Time Condition.

 

For any Claim to which Grantee’s Indemnification Obligation applies, Grantee’s Indemnification Obligation for such Claim shall be the number Restricted Stock Units equal to the product of [insert percentage of total RSU’s granted to Grantee in connection with the Merger] and the dollar amount by which the Claim exceeds the amounts available from the Escrow Fund to satisfy such Claim, divided by the Indemnification Value.  In no event shall an aggregate of more than 15% of the number of Restricted Stock Units originally granted pursuant to the RSU Agreement be forfeited to satisfy Grantee’s Indemnification Obligation hereunder.

 

If any Claim is satisfied, entirely or in part, by the forfeiture of Restricted Stock Units pursuant to Grantee’s Indemnification Obligation, the Company shall, within twenty (20) days of the satisfaction of such Claim, provide Grantee written notice of the number of Restricted Stock Units forfeited by Grantee in connection therewith.

 

10

 

MARKETO, INC. 2006 STOCK PLAN

 

NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

 

Pursuant to the Marketo, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan, this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, and the terms and conditions set forth in the International Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, Marketo, Inc. has made a grant of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) to the Grantee named below:

 

	
Name of Grantee:
    	
 
    	
«Name»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total   Number of RSUs:
    	
 
    	
«TotalRSUs»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Date of Grant:
    	
 
    	
«DateGrant»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Vesting Commencement Date:
    	
 
    	
«VestingCommencementDate»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Vesting   Schedule:
    	
 
    	
«InsertVestingSchedule»
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Expiration   Date:
    	
 
    	
The   date on which the settlement of all RSUs granted hereunder occurs. The RSU   expires earlier if your Service terminates earlier, as described in the   International Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.
    

 

By signing below, the Grantee and the Company agree that these Restricted Stock Units are granted under, and governed by, the terms and conditions of, the 2006 Stock Plan and the International Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.  Both of these documents are made a part of this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant.

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Grantee:
    	
 
    	
Marketo, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Grantee’s   Signature
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
 
    

 

 

THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS GRANTED PURSUANT TO THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE UPON THE SETTLEMENT THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

INTERNATIONAL RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
 UNDER THE MARKETO, INC.
 2006 STOCK PLAN

 

Name of  Grantee:  «Name»

No. of Restricted Stock Units Granted:  «RSUs»

Date of Grant:  «Grant_Date»

Vesting Commencement Date:  «VCD»

Expiration Date:  «Expiration»

 

Pursuant to the Marketo, Inc. 2006 Stock Plan as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”) and the terms and conditions set forth in this International Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “RSU Agreement”), Marketo, Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants an award of the number of Restricted Stock Units listed above (an “RSU”) to the Grantee named above.  Each Restricted Stock Unit shall relate to one Share.  Capitalized terms in this RSU Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.  The RSU shall also be subject to the country-specific provisions set forth on Exhibit A hereto, which is part of this RSU Agreement.

 

1.                Restrictions on Transfer of RSU.  The RSU may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee, and, subject to the restrictions contained in this RSU Agreement and the Plan, Shares issuable with respect to the RSU may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of until (i) the RSU has vested as provided in Section 2 of this RSU Agreement and (ii) Shares have been issued to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this RSU Agreement.  In addition, the RSU and any Shares issuable upon settlement of the RSU, shall be subject to the restrictions contained herein, including, without limitation, the country-specific terms set forth in Exhibit A, and in the Plan.

 

2.                Conditions and Vesting of Restricted Stock Units.  The RSU is subject to both a time-based vesting condition (the “Time Condition”) and performance-based vesting condition (the “Performance Vesting”) described in paragraphs (a) and (b) below, both of which vesting conditions must be satisfied prior to the Expiration Date before the RSU will be deemed vested and may be settled in accordance with Section 4.

 

2

 

(a)         Time Condition.  Subject to the Performance Vesting described in paragraph (b) below, 25 percent of the RSU shall satisfy the Time Condition on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided that the Grantee continues to provide Service to the Company at each such time.

 

(b)         Performance Vesting.  Subject to the Time Condition described in paragraph (a) above, the RSU shall only satisfy the Performance Vesting on the first to occur of (i) a Sale Event or (ii) the Company’s Initial Public Offering, in either case, prior to the Expiration Date.  For purposes hereof, a “Sale Event” means a “change in ownership”, “change in effective control” or “change of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, but for the avoidance of doubt, a capital raising event or merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a Sale Event.  For purposes hereof, an “Initial Public Offering” means the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Shares shall be publicly held.

 

(c)         Vesting Date.  Each date as of which both the Time Condition and Performance Vesting described in paragraphs (a) and (b) have been satisfied with respect to any Restricted Stock Units shall be referred to as a “Vesting Date.”  No Vesting Date shall occur after the Expiration Date.  To the extent the RSU has not satisfied both the Time Condition and the Performance Vesting, such Restricted Stock Units shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date.

 

3.             Termination of Service.  If the Grantee’s active Service with the Company terminates for any reason (including death or disability) prior to the satisfaction of the Time Condition set forth in Section 2(a) above, any Restricted Stock Units that have not satisfied the Time Condition as of such date shall automatically and without notice terminate and be forfeited, and neither the Grantee nor any of his or her successors, heirs, assigns, or personal representatives will thereafter have any further rights or interests in such forfeited Restricted Stock Units.  Any Restricted Stock Units that have satisfied the Time Condition as of the date the Grantee’s Service with the Company terminates for any reason, shall remain subject to the Performance Vesting set forth in Section 2(b), but shall expire and be of no further force or effect on the Expiration Date.

 

4.             Settlement and Receipt of Shares of Stock.  As soon as practicable following each Vesting Date (but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the calendar year in which such Vesting Date occurs), the Company shall issue to the Grantee the number of Shares equal to the aggregate number of Restricted Stock Units that have satisfied the Time Condition and Performance Vesting pursuant to Section 2 and Section 3 of this RSU Agreement on such Vesting Date, and the Grantee shall thereafter have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to such Shares.

 

5.             Incorporation of Plan.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this RSU Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Board of Directors to administer the Plan as set forth in the Plan.

 

3

 

6.             Tax Withholding.  The Grantee acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, the Grantee’s employer (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Grantee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Grantee (“Tax-Related Items”) is and remains the Grantee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer.  The Grantee further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the RSU, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the RSU, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the RSU to reduce or eliminate the Grantee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result.  Further, if the Grantee is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Grantee acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Grantee agrees to make adequate arrangements to satisfy all Tax-Related Items.  In this regard, the Grantee authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, in their sole discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following: (i) by withholding from Shares to be issued to the Grantee a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due; (ii) by the Company causing its transfer agent to sell from the number of Shares to be issued to the Grantee, the number of Shares necessary to satisfy the Tax-Related Items to be withheld from the Grantee on account of such transfer; or (iii) by withholding from the Grantee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Grantee by the Company and/or the Employer.

 

Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates, in which case the Grantee will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the equivalent in Shares.  If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Grantee is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the vested Restricted Stock Units, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

 

Finally, the Grantee agrees to pay to the Company or the Employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company  or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Grantee’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described.  The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if the Grantee fails to comply with the Grantee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

4

 

7.             Right of First Refusal.

 

(a)         Transfer Notice.  In the event that the Grantee proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Shares acquired pursuant to the settlement of the RSU under this RSU Agreement, or any interest in such Shares, the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all of such Shares.  If the Grantee desires to transfer any Shares acquired pursuant to the settlement of the RSU under this RSU Agreement, the Grantee shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, state, local or foreign securities laws.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Grantee and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Shares.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, or less than all, of the Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

(b)         Transfer of Shares.  If the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when it received the Transfer Notice, the Grantee may, not later than 90 days following receipt of the Transfer Notice by the Company, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, state, local and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which the Grantee is bound.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Grantee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Subsection (a) above.  If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the date when the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)         Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property.  In the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Shares subject to this Section 7 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Shares subject to this Section 7.

 

(d)         Termination of Right of First Refusal.  Any other provision of this Section 7 notwithstanding, in the event that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market when the Grantee desires to transfer Shares, the Company shall have no Right of First 

 

5

 

Refusal, and the Grantee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by Subsections (a) and (b) above.

 

(e)         Permitted Transfers.  This Section 7 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (ii) a transfer to one or more members of the Grantee’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by the Grantee for the benefit of the Grantee and/or one or more members of the Grantee’s Immediate Family, provided in either case that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this RSU Agreement.  If the Grantee transfers any Shares acquired under this RSU Agreement, either under this Subsection (e) or after the Company has failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal, then this RSU Agreement shall apply to the Transferee to the same extent as to the Grantee.

 

(f)          Termination of Rights as Shareholder.  If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this RSU Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 7, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this RSU Agreement).  Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this RSU Agreement.

 

(g)         Assignment of Right of First Refusal.  The Board of Directors may freely assign the Company’s Right of First Refusal, in whole or in part.  Any person who accepts an assignment of the Right of First Refusal from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 7.

 

(h)         Definitions.

 

(i)            “Immediate Family” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(ii)           “Right of First Refusal” means the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 7.

 

(iii)          “Transferee” means any person to whom the Grantee has directly or indirectly transferred any Share acquired upon settlement of the RSU.

 

(iv)          “Transfer Notice” means the notice of a proposed transfer of Shares described in Section 7.

 

8.             Legality of Initial Issuance.  No Shares shall be issued upon the settlement of the RSU under this RSU Agreement unless and until the Company has determined that:

 

(a)           It and the Grantee have taken any actions required to register the Shares under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) or to perfect an exemption from the registration requirements thereof;

 

6

 

(b)           Any applicable listing requirement of any stock exchange or other securities market on which Stock is listed has been satisfied; and

 

(c)           Any other applicable provision of federal, state, local or foreign law has been satisfied.

 

9.             No Registration Rights.  The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the sale of Shares under this RSU Agreement to comply with any law.

 

10.          Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.

 

(a)         Securities Law Restrictions.  Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under the Plan have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state or country, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or country or any other law.

 

(b)         Market Stand-Off.  In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, including the Company’s Initial Public Offering, the Grantee or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Shares acquired under this RSU Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter.  Such restriction (the “Market Stand-Off”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriter.  In no event, however, shall such period exceed 180 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the National Association of Securities Dealers and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Stock Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules.  The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate two years after the date of the Company’s Initial Public Offering.  In the event of the declaration of a stock dividend, a spin-off, a stock split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off.  In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Shares acquired under this RSU Agreement until the end of the applicable stand-off period.  The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries

 

7

 

of the agreement set forth in this Subsection (b).  This Subsection (b) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

(c)         Investment Intent at Grant.  The Grantee represents and agrees that the Shares to be acquired upon settlement of the RSU under this RSU Agreement will be acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof.

 

(d)         Investment Intent at Settlement.  In the event that the sale of Shares under the Plan is not registered under the Securities Act but an exemption is available that requires an investment representation or other representation, the Grantee shall represent and agree at the time of settlement of the RSU under this RSU Agreement that the Shares being acquired upon such settlement are being acquired for investment, and not with a view to the sale or distribution thereof, and shall make such other representations as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company and its counsel.

 

(e)         Legends.  All certificates evidencing Shares acquired under this RSU Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES).  SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES.  THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

All certificates evidencing Shares acquired under this RSU Agreement in an unregistered transaction shall bear the following legend (and such other restrictive legends as are required or deemed advisable under the provisions of any applicable law):

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

(f)          Removal of Legends.  If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel, any legend placed on a stock certificate representing Shares acquired under this RSU Agreement is no longer required, the holder of such certificate shall be entitled to exchange such certificate for a certificate representing the same number of Shares but without such legend.

 

(g)         Administration.  Any determination by the Company and its counsel in connection with any of the matters set forth in this Section 10 shall be conclusive and binding on the Grantee and all other persons.

 

8

 

11.          Adjustment of Shares.  In the event of any transaction described in Section 8(a) of the Plan, the terms of the RSU (including, without limitation, the number and kind of Shares subject to the RSU) shall be adjusted as set forth in Section 8(a) of the Plan.  In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, the RSU shall be subject to the agreement of merger or consolidation, as provided in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

 

12.          Nature of Grant.   In accepting the grant, the Grantee acknowledges, understands, and agrees that:

 

(1)           the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time, to the extent permitted by the Plan;

 

(2)           the grant of the RSU is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of RSUs, or benefits in lieu of RSUs, even if RSUs have been granted in the past;

 

(3)           all decisions with respect to future RSU or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(4)           the RSU grant and the Grantee’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or service contract with the Company, the Employer or any Subsidiary or Parent and shall not interfere with the ability of the Company, the Employer or any Subsidiary or Parent, as applicable, to terminate the Grantee’s Service (if any);

 

(5)           the Grantee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(6)           the RSU and the Shares subject to the RSU are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

(7)           the RSU and the Shares subject to the RSU, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without limitation, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

(8)           the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(9)           no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the RSU resulting from the termination of the Grantee’s Service (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Grantee is employed or the terms of the Grantee’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the RSU, to which the Grantee is otherwise not entitled, the Grantee irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any Subsidiary or Parent or the Employer, waives the Grantee’s ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, any Subsidiary or Parent and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is

 

9

 

allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, the Grantee shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

 

(10)         for purposes of the RSU, the Grantee’s Service will be considered terminated as of the date the Grantee is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Grantee is employed or the terms of the Grantee’s employment agreement, if any) and unless otherwise expressly provided in this RSU Agreement or determined by the Company, the Grantee’s right to vest in the RSU under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., the Grantee’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Grantee is employed or the terms of the Grantee’s employment agreement, if any); the Board of Directors shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Grantee is no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Grantee’s RSU grant (including whether the Grantee may still be considered to be providing services while on an approved leave of absence);

 

(11)       unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the RSU and the benefits evidenced by this RSU Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the RSU or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the shares of the Company; and

 

(12)         the Grantee acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company, the Employer nor any Subsidiary or Parent shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Grantee’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the RSU or of any amounts due to the Grantee pursuant to the settlement of the RSU or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement.

 

13.          Data Privacy.  The Grantee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Grantee’s personal data as described in this RSU Agreement and any other RSU grant materials (“Data”) by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company, its Subsidiaries and Parents for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.

 

The Grantee understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about the Grantee, including, but not limited to, the Grantee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all RSUs or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Grantee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

 

10

 

The Grantee understands that Data will be transferred to its designated Plan broker or such other stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan.  The Grantee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Grantee’s country.  The Grantee understands that the Grantee may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting the Grantee’s local human resources representative.  The Grantee authorizes the Company, its designated Plan broker and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.  The Grantee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Grantee’s participation in the Plan.  The Grantee understands that the Grantee may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Grantee’s local human resources representative.  Further, the Grantee understands that the Grantee is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If the Grantee does not consent, or if the Grantee later seeks to revoke the Grantee’s consent, the Grantee’s Service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing the Grantee’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant the Grantee RSUs or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, the Grantee understands that refusing or withdrawing the Grantee’s consent may affect the Grantee’s ability to participate in the Plan.  For more information on the consequences of the Grantee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Grantee understands that the Grantee may contact the Grantee’s local human resources representative.

 

14.          Section 409A.  For U.S. taxpayers, this RSU is intended to constitute a “short term deferral” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code to the greatest extent possible, and otherwise is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code, and the RSU will be administered and interpreted in accordance with that intent.  To the extent that any provision of this RSU Agreement is ambiguous as to its exemption from, or compliance with, Section 409A of the Code, the provision shall be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder are either exempt from, or comply with, Section 409A of the Code.  Solely for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each issuance of Shares on a Vesting Date shall be considered a separate payment.  The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Grantee or any other person if any provisions of this RSU are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, such Section.

 

15.          Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

(a)         Rights as a Shareholder.  Neither the Grantee nor the Grantee’s representative shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares subject to the RSU until the Grantee or the Grantee’s representative are issued Shares in settlement of the RSU in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan and this RSU Agreement.

 

11

 

(b)         Notice.  Any notice required by the terms of this RSU Agreement shall be given in writing.  It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service or local country equivalent, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid.  Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to the Grantee at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Subsection (c).

 

(c)         Entire Agreement.  This RSU Agreement, including Exhibit A, and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  They supersede any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

(d)         Choice of Law; Venue.  This RSU Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this grant or the RSU Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of California,  agree that such litigation shall be conducted in the courts of San Mateo County, or the federal courts for the United States for the Northern District of California, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

 

(e)         Electronic Delivery of Documents.  The Grantee agrees that the Company may deliver by email all documents relating to the Plan or the RSU (including, without limitation, a copy of the Plan) and all other documents that the Company is required to deliver to its security holders (including, without limitation, disclosures that may be required by the Securities and Exchange Commission).  The Grantee also agrees that the Company may deliver these documents by posting them on a website maintained by the Company or by a third party under contract with the Company.  If the Company posts these documents on a website, it shall notify the Grantee by email.  Furthermore, the Grantee agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

(f)          Severability.  The provisions of this RSU Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions nevertheless shall be binding and enforceable.

 

(g)         Imposition of Other Requirements.  The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, on this RSU and on any Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent that the Company determines that it is necessary or advisable in order to comply with applicable law or facilitate the administration of the Plan, and to require the Grantee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

 

(h)         No Advice Regarding RSU.  The Company is not providing any tax, legal, or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Grantee’s participation in the Plan, or his or her acquisition or sale of Shares issued pursuant to this RSU.

 

12

 

The Grantee is solely responsible for taking all appropriate legal advice, notably concerning U.S. and local country tax and social security regulations, when signing this RSU Agreement, or selling the Shares acquired upon settlement of the RSU, or more generally when making any decision in relation with this RSU, this RSU Agreement or otherwise under the Plan.  The Company does not represent or guaranty that the Grantee may benefit from specific provisions under said regulations and the Grantee shall on his or her own efforts receive proper information in this respect.  The Grantee is hereby advised to consult with his or her personal tax, legal, and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

(i)          Language.  If the Grantee has received this RSU Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

(j)          Waiver.  The Grantee acknowledges that a waiver by the Company or breach of any provision of this RSU Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this RSU Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by the Grantee or any other Grantee.

 

(k)         Country-Specific Provisions.  Notwithstanding any provisions in this RSU Agreement, the RSU grant shall be subject to any country-specific provisions set forth in Exhibit A to this RSU Agreement for the Grantee’s country.  Moreover, if the Grantee relocates to one of the countries included in Exhibit A, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to the Grantee, to the extent  the Company  determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons.  Exhibit A constitutes part of this RSU Agreement.

 

	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
MARKETO, INC.
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

13

 

By signing below, the Grantee agrees that the RSU is granted under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the Plan and this RSU Agreement including Exhibit A hereto containing country-specific provisions.

 

	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Grantee’s   Signature
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Grantee’s   Name
    

 

14

 

EXHIBIT A

 

COUNTRY-SPECIFIC PROVISIONS

FOR RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

GRANTED UNDER THE

MARKETO, INC. 2006 STOCK PLAN

 

Terms and Conditions

 

This Exhibit A to the RSU Agreement includes additional terms and conditions that govern the grant of the RSU in the Grantee’s country.  Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Exhibit A have the same definitions ascribed to them in the Plan and/or the RSU Agreement.

 

If the Grantee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which the Grantee is currently working, transfers employment to another country after the RSU is granted to the Grantee, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the terms and conditions contained herein may not be applicable to the Grantee and the Company shall, in its discretion, determine to what extent the terms and conditions contained herein shall apply to the Grantee.

 

Notifications

 

This Exhibit A also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which the Grantee should be aware with respect to participation in the Plan.  The information is based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of June 2012.  Such laws are often complex and change frequently.  As a result, the Company strongly recommends that the Grantee not rely on the information noted herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at vesting and settlement of the RSU or the subsequent sale of the Shares or the receipt of any dividends.  In addition, the information is general in nature and may not apply to the Grantee’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure the Grantee of any particular result.  The Grantee is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in the Grantee’s country may apply to the Grantee’s situation.

 

AUSTRALIA

 

Notifications

 

Securities Law Information.  If the Grantee acquires Shares pursuant to the RSU and subsequently offers the Shares for sale to a person or entity resident in Australia, the offer may be subject to disclosure requirements under Australian law.  The Grantee should obtain legal advice regarding any applicable disclosure obligations prior to making any such offer.

 

Exchange Control Information.  Exchange control reporting is required for cash transactions exceeding A$10,000 and international fund transfers.  The Australian bank assisting with the transaction will file the report.  If there is no Australian bank involved in the transfer, the Grantee will be required to file the report.

 

15Exhibit 4.2

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

BALL CORPORATION

 

And

 

GUARANTORS

 

Parties Hereto

 

$1,000,000,000

 

4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023

 

EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

Dated as of May 16, 2013

 

To

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of March 27, 2006

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

(f/k/a The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.)

 

Trustee

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

	
Trust Indenture
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Act Section
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Indenture Section
    	
 
    	
Supplemental
    
	
310(a)(1)
    	
 
    	
7.10
    
	
(a)(2)
    	
 
    	
7.10
    
	
(a)(3)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(a)(4)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(a)(5)
    	
 
    	
7.10
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
7.10
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
311(a)
    	
 
    	
7.11
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
7.11
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
312(a)
    	
 
    	
2.05
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
12.03
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
12.03
    
	
313(a)
    	
 
    	
7.06
    
	
(b)(2)
    	
 
    	
7.06; 7.07
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
7.06; 12.02
    
	
(d)
    	
 
    	
7.06
    
	
314(a)
    	
 
    	
4.03; 12.05
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(c)(1)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(c)(2)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(c)(3)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(e)
    	
 
    	
12.05
    
	
(f)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
315(a)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
7.05, 12.02
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(d)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(e)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
316(a) (last   sentence)
    	
 
    	
2.09
    
	
(a)(1)(A)
    	
 
    	
6.05
    
	
(a)(1)(B)
    	
 
    	
6.04
    
	
(a)(2)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
6.07
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
2.12
    
	
317(a)(1)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(a)(2)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
318(a)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(b)
    	
 
    	
N.A.
    
	
(c)
    	
 
    	
12.01
    

 

N.A. means not applicable.

*This Cross-Reference Table is not part of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
ARTICLE 1.
    	
 
    
	
DEFINITIONS   AND INCORPORATION
    	
 
    
	
BY   REFERENCE
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 1.01
    	
Definitions
    	
1
    
	
Section 1.02
    	
Other Definitions
    	
12
    
	
Section 1.03
    	
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
    	
12
    
	
Section 1.04
    	
Rules of Construction
    	
12
    
	
Section 1.05
    	
Relationship with Base Indenture
    	
13
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 2.   THE NOTES
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 2.01
    	
Form and Dating
    	
13
    
	
Section 2.02
    	
Execution and Authentication
    	
14
    
	
Section 2.03
    	
Registrar and Paying Agent
    	
14
    
	
Section 2.04
    	
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
    	
14
    
	
Section 2.05
    	
Holder Lists
    	
15
    
	
Section 2.06
    	
Transfer and Exchange
    	
15
    
	
Section 2.07
    	
Replacement Notes
    	
18
    
	
Section 2.08
    	
Outstanding Notes
    	
18
    
	
Section 2.09
    	
Treasury Notes
    	
19
    
	
Section 2.10
    	
Temporary Notes
    	
19
    
	
Section 2.11
    	
Cancellation
    	
19
    
	
Section 2.12
    	
Defaulted Interest
    	
19
    
	
Section 2.13
    	
CUSIP Number
    	
19
    
	
Section 2.14
    	
Issuance of Additional Notes
    	
20
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 3.
    	
 
    
	
REDEMPTION   AND PREPAYMENT
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 3.01
    	
Notice to Trustee
    	
20
    
	
Section 3.02
    	
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed
    	
20
    
	
Section 3.03
    	
Notice of Redemption
    	
21
    
	
Section 3.04
    	
Effect of Notice of Redemption
    	
21
    
	
Section 3.05
    	
Deposit of Redemption Price
    	
21
    
	
Section 3.06
    	
Notes Redeemed in Part
    	
22
    
	
Section 3.07
    	
Optional Redemption
    	
22
    
	
Section 3.08
    	
Mandatory Redemption
    	
23
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 4.
    	
 
    
	
COVENANTS
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 4.01
    	
Payment of Notes
    	
23
    
	
Section 4.02
    	
Maintenance of Office or Agency
    	
23
    
	
Section 4.03
    	
Reports
    	
24
    
	
Section 4.04
    	
Compliance Certificate
    	
24
    
	
Section 4.05
    	
Taxes
    	
25
    
	
Section 4.06
    	
Stay, Extension and Usury Laws
    	
25
    
	
Section 4.07
    	
Limitation on Liens
    	
25
    
	
Section 4.08
    	
Corporate Existence
    	
25
    
	
Section 4.09
    	
Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control
    	
26
    
	
Section 4.10
    	
Additional Guarantees
    	
27
    
	
Section 4.11
    	
Sale and Leaseback Transactions
    	
27
    

 

i

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 5.
    	
 
    
	
SUCCESSORS
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 5.01
    	
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets
    	
27
    
	
Section 5.02
    	
Successor Corporation Substituted
    	
28
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 6.
    	
 
    
	
DEFAULTS   AND REMEDIES
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 6.01
    	
Events of Default
    	
28
    
	
Section 6.02
    	
Acceleration
    	
29
    
	
Section 6.03
    	
Other Remedies
    	
30
    
	
Section 6.04
    	
Waiver of Past Defaults
    	
30
    
	
Section 6.05
    	
Control by Majority
    	
30
    
	
Section 6.06
    	
Limitation on Suits
    	
30
    
	
Section 6.07
    	
Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment
    	
31
    
	
Section 6.08
    	
Collection Suit by Trustee
    	
31
    
	
Section 6.09
    	
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    	
31
    
	
Section 6.10
    	
Priorities
    	
31
    
	
Section 6.11
    	
Undertaking for Costs
    	
32
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 7.
    	
 
    
	
TRUSTEE
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 7.01
    	
Duties of Trustee
    	
32
    
	
Section 7.02
    	
Rights of Trustee
    	
33
    
	
Section 7.03
    	
Individual Rights of Trustee
    	
34
    
	
Section 7.04
    	
Trustee’s Disclaimer
    	
34
    
	
Section 7.05
    	
Notice of Defaults
    	
34
    
	
Section 7.06
    	
Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes
    	
34
    
	
Section 7.07
    	
Compensation and Indemnity
    	
35
    
	
Section 7.08
    	
Replacement of Trustee
    	
35
    
	
Section 7.09
    	
Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
    	
36
    
	
Section 7.10
    	
Eligibility; Disqualification
    	
36
    
	
Section 7.11
    	
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
    	
36
    
	
Section 7.12
    	
Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company
    	
36
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 8.
    	
 
    
	
LEGAL   DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 8.01
    	
Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
    	
37
    
	
Section 8.02
    	
Legal Defeasance and Discharge
    	
37
    
	
Section 8.03
    	
Covenant Defeasance
    	
37
    
	
Section 8.04
    	
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
    	
38
    
	
Section 8.05
    	
Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in   Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
    	
38
    
	
Section 8.06
    	
Repayment to Company
    	
39
    
	
Section 8.07
    	
Reinstatement
    	
39
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 9.
    	
 
    
	
AMENDMENT,   SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 9.01
    	
Without Consent of Holders of Notes
    	
39
    
	
Section 9.02
    	
With Consent of Holders of Notes
    	
40
    
	
Section 9.03
    	
Compliance With Trust Indenture Act
    	
41
    
	
Section 9.04
    	
Revocation and Effect of Consents
    	
41
    
	
Section 9.05
    	
Notation on or Exchange of Notes
    	
42
    
	
Section 9.06
    	
Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.
    	
42
    

 

ii

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 10.
    	
 
    
	
NOTE   GUARANTEES
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 10.01
    	
Guarantee
    	
42
    
	
Section 10.02
    	
Limitation on Guarantor Liability
    	
43
    
	
Section 10.03
    	
Execution and Delivery of Guarantee
    	
43
    
	
Section 10.04
    	
Guarantors May Consolidate, etc. on Certain Terms
    	
43
    
	
Section 10.05
    	
Releases Following Sale of Assets, Etc.
    	
44
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 11.
    	
 
    
	
SATISFACTION   AND DISCHARGE
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 11.01
    	
Satisfaction and Discharge
    	
44
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ARTICLE 12.
    	
 
    
	
MISCELLANEOUS
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Section 12.01
    	
Trust Indenture Act Controls
    	
45
    
	
Section 12.02
    	
Notices
    	
45
    
	
Section 12.03
    	
Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of   Notes
    	
46
    
	
Section 12.04
    	
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
    	
46
    
	
Section 12.05
    	
Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion
    	
47
    
	
Section 12.06
    	
Rules by Trustee and Agents
    	
47
    
	
Section 12.07
    	
Calculation of Foreign Currency Amounts
    	
47
    
	
Section 12.08
    	
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and   Stockholders
    	
47
    
	
Section 12.09
    	
Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial
    	
47
    
	
Section 12.10
    	
Force Majeure
    	
48
    
	
Section 12.11
    	
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
    	
48
    
	
Section 12.12
    	
Successors
    	
48
    
	
Section 12.13
    	
Severability
    	
48
    
	
Section 12.14
    	
Counterpart Originals
    	
48
    
	
Section 12.15
    	
Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.
    	
48
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
EXHIBITS
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Exhibit A
    	
FORM OF   NOTE
    	
 
    
	
Exhibit B
    	
FORM OF   NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
    	
 
    
	
Exhibit C
    	
FORM OF   SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS
    	
 
    

 

iii

 

EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of May 16, 2013 by and among Ball Corporation, an Indiana corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors (as defined below) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (f/k/a The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

The Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture, dated as of March 27, 2006 (the “Base Indenture”) providing for the issuance from time to time of one or more series of the Company’s securities.

 

The Company and the Guarantors desire and have requested the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Base Indenture to join with them in the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture in order to supplement the Base Indenture to the extent set forth herein to provide for the issuance and the terms of the Notes (as defined below).

 

Section 9.1(6) of the Base Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee, without the consent of any holders of the Company’s Securities, may provide for the issuance of and establish the form and terms and conditions of Notes of any series as permitted by Sections 2.1 and 2.2 thereof.  The provisions contained in this Eighth Supplemental Indenture shall govern only the 4% Senior Notes due 2023 issued hereunder.

 

The execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized by a board resolution of the Company and each of the Guarantors.

 

All conditions and requirements necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and legal instrument in accordance with its terms have been performed and fulfilled by the Company and the Guarantors and the execution and delivery thereof have been in all respects duly authorized by the Company and the Guarantors.

 

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein) of the 4% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”):

 

ARTICLE 1.
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
 BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01                            Definitions.

 

“Additional Notes” means any Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Supplemental Indenture in accordance with Section 2.14 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

 

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

‘‘Attributable Debt’’ means, with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, at the time of determination, the lesser of (1) the sale price of the property so leased multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the remaining portion of the base term of the lease included in such transaction and the denominator of which is the base term of such lease, and (2) the total obligation (discounted to the present value at the implicit interest factor, determined in accordance with GAAP, included in the rental payments) of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes as well as maintenance, repairs, insurance, water rates and other items which do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining portion of the base term of the lease included in such transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such Sale and Leaseback Transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of ‘‘Capital Lease Obligation.’’

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

1

 

“Base Indenture” means has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Supplemental Indenture, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition.  The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

 

“Board of Directors” means:

 

(1)           with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board;

 

(2)           with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

 

(3)           with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members or managers thereof; and

 

(4)           with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

 

‘‘Capital Lease Obligation’’ means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)           in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)           in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents, however designated, of corporate stock;

 

(3)           in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

 

(4)           any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)           the sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, other than by way of merger or consolidation, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person,” as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(2)           the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

 

2

 

(3)           the consummation of any transaction, including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation, the result of which is that any ‘‘person,’’ as defined above, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; provided that any holding company that conducts no material activities other than holding Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company and has no other material assets or liabilities other than such Capital Stock will not itself be considered a ‘‘person’’ for purposes of this clause (3);

 

(4)           the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors; or

 

(5)           the Company consolidates with or merges with or into any Person, or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority of the outstanding shares of such Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance).

 

‘‘Change of Control Repurchase Event’’ means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Ratings Event.

 

“Company” means Ball Corporation, and any and all successors thereto.

 

“Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication:

 

(1)           provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(2)           consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings and receivables financings, and net payments, if any, pursuant to Hedging Obligations, to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(3)           depreciation, amortization, including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period, and other non-cash expenses, excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period, of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus

 

(4)           non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than items that were accrued in the ordinary course of business;

 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in

 

3

 

accordance with GAAP; provided, that the following items shall be excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income (without duplication):

 

(1)           the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person (other than the Company) that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting except to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Subsidiary of the Person;

 

(2)           the Net Income of any Subsidiary to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval, that has not been obtained or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders;

 

(3)           the Net Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;

 

(4)           the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

 

(5)           any gains or losses (on an after-tax basis) attributable to asset dispositions;

 

(6)           all extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring gains, charges, expenses or losses;

 

(7)           any non-cash compensation expenses recorded from grants of stock options, restricted stock and other equity equivalents to officers, directors and employees;

 

(8)           any impairment charge or asset write off;

 

(9)           net charges associated with or related to any restructurings;

 

(10)         all financial advisory fees, accounting fees, legal fees and similar advisory and consulting fees and related costs and expenses of the Company and its Subsidiaries incurred as a result of asset acquisitions, investments, asset sales and the issuance of Capital Stock or Indebtedness, all determined in accordance with GAAP and in each case eliminating any increase or decrease in income resulting from non-cash accounting adjustments made in connection with the related asset acquisition, investment or asset sale;

 

(11)         expenses incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary to the extent reimbursed in cash by a third party;

 

(12)         all other non-cash charges, including unrealized gains or losses on agreements with respect to Hedging Obligations and all non-cash charges associated with announced restructurings, whether announced previously or in the future; and

 

(13)         income or loss attributable to discontinued operations (including, without limitation, operations disposed of during such period whether or not such operations were classified as discontinued).

 

‘‘Consolidated Net Tangible Assets’’ means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date, the total assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries as of the most recent fiscal quarter end for which a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries is available as of that date, minus (a) all current liabilities of such Person and its Subsidiaries reflected on such balance sheet (excluding any current liabilities for borrowed money having a maturity of less than 12 months but by its terms being renewable or extendible beyond 12 months from such date at the option of the borrower) and (b) all goodwill, tradenames, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other like intangible assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries reflected on such balance sheet, as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

4

 

‘‘Consolidated Secured Indebtedness’’ means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date, (a) the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Subsidiaries as of the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries that is available as of that date that is secured by a Lien on the assets or property of such specified Person or upon shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any of its Subsidiaries, as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (b) the total amount of Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and its Subsidiaries as of the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries that is available as of that date, as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, plus (c) the total amount of Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Leaseback Transactions of such Person and its Subsidiaries as of such date.

 

“Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any specified Person as of any date, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Secured Indebtedness of such Person as of such date to (b) the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which internal financial statements are available. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on Principal Property of such Person or upon shares of stock or Indebtedness of any of its Subsidiaries (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) subsequent to the commencement of the period for which such Consolidated Cash Flow is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio is made (the ‘‘Calculation Date’’), then the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

 

In addition, for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio:

 

(1)           acquisitions and dispositions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and giving effect to the application of proceeds from any dispositions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date will be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period will be calculated without giving effect to clause (3) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income; and

 

(2)           the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded,

 

provided that to the extent that clause (1) or (2) of this paragraph requires that pro forma effect be given to an acquisition, disposition or discontinued operations, as applicable, such pro forma calculation shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt and without duplication, cost savings, synergies and operating expense resulting from such acquisition whether or not such cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions would be allowed under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC or any other regulation or policy of the SEC).

 

‘‘Continuing Directors’’ means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

 

(1)           was a member of the Board of Directors on the date of the Supplemental Indenture; or

 

(2)           was nominated for election, elected or appointed to the Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of the Board of Directors at the time of such nomination, election or appointment (either by specific action by the Board of Directors or by approval by the Board of Directors of the Company’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director).

 

5

 

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

 

“Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note will not bear the Global Note Legend.

 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

“Description of Notes” means the description of notes section of the Company’s prospectus supplement, dated May 9, 2013, relating to the offering of the Initial Notes.

 

“Default’’ means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or that guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or its Domestic Subsidiaries.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Excluded Subsidiary” means such Subsidiaries of the Company as may from time to time be designated by the Company as ‘‘Excluded Subsidiaries’’ pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee; provided, that each such Subsidiary shall be an Excluded Subsidiary only if and only for so long as:

 

(1)                                 the aggregate of the net sales of all such Subsidiaries shall not exceed $35 million in any twelve-month period; and

 

(2)                                 the aggregate of the assets, including capitalization, of all such Subsidiaries as of any date shall not exceed $35 million.

 

“Foreign Subsidiaries” means Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Domestic Subsidiaries.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable as of the date of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture.

 

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Global Notes, in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Section 2.01 hereof.

 

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

 

“Guarantee” means a guarantee, other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of

 

6

 

assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness.

 

“Guarantors” means:

 

(1)                                 each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company as of the date of this Supplemental Indenture that Guarantees any other Indebtedness of the Company (other than Ball Capital Corp. II and the Excluded Subsidiaries); and

 

(2)                                 any other Subsidiary of the Company that executes a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit C and becomes a Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture;

 

(3)                                 and, in each case, their respective successors and assigns.

 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net payment obligations of such Person under:

 

(1)                                 interest rate swap agreements (including from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; and

 

(2)                                 other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates or commodity prices.

 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, in respect of borrowed money, whether evidenced by credit agreements, bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit, or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof. In addition, the term ‘‘Indebtedness’’ includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any Principal Property of the specified Person or upon the shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person, and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person or any liability of any person, whether or not contingent and whether or not it appears on the balance sheet of such Person.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

 

(1)                                 the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness that does not require the current payment of interest;

 

(2)                                 the principal amount of the Indebtedness in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

 

(3)                                 in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

 

(a)                                 the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of such assets at the date of determination; and

 

(b)                                 the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

 

For avoidance of doubt, a letter of credit or analogous instrument will not constitute Indebtedness until it has been drawn upon.

 

“Indenture” means the Base Indenture, as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture, governing the Notes, in each case, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

7

 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

“Initial Notes” means the first $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture on the date hereof.

 

“Investment Grade” means a rating of Baa3 or better by Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor rating categories of Moody’s), a rating of BBB- or better by S&P (or its equivalent under any successor rating categories of S&P) and the equivalent Investment Grade credit rating from any additional Rating Agency or Rating Agencies selected by the Company.

 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, the city in which the principal office of the Trustee is located or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.  If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest will accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof; provided that in no event will an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Services, Inc., and its successors.

 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income or loss of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however:

 

(1)                                 any gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(2)                                 any extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss; and

 

(3)                                 any one-time noncash charges (including legal, accounting, debt issuance and debt retirement costs) resulting from the offering of the Initial Notes, the application of the net proceeds therefrom and the payment of related fees and expenses.

 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

“Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.  The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Supplemental Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes will include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be a vice-president, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Sections 12.04 and 12.05 hereof.

 

8

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Sections 12.04 and 12.05 hereof.  The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary.

 

“Permitted Liens” means:

 

(1)                                 Liens securing Indebtedness on any Principal Property existing at the time of its acquisition and Liens created contemporaneously with or within 270 days after (or created pursuant to firm commitment financing arrangements obtained within that period) the later of (a) the acquisition or completion of construction or completion of substantial reconstruction, renovation, remodeling, expansion or improvement (each, a “substantial improvement”) of such Principal Property or (y) the placing in operation of such Principal Property after the acquisition or completion of any such construction or substantial improvement;

 

(2)                                 Liens on property or assets or shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time it is merged, combined or amalgamated with or into or consolidated with, or its assets or Capital Stock are acquired by, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or it otherwise becomes a Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that in each case (a) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien was not incurred in contemplation of such merger, combination, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or transaction in which such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company and (b) such Lien extends only to the Capital Stock and assets of such Person (and Subsidiaries of such Person) and/or to property other than Principal Property or the Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(3)                                 Liens securing Indebtedness in favor of the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries;

 

(4)                                 Liens in favor of or required by a governmental unit in any relevant jurisdiction, including any departments or instrumentality thereof, to secure payments under any contract or statute, or to secure debts incurred in financing the acquisition or construction of or improvements or alterations to property subject thereto;

 

(5)                                 Liens in favor of any customer arising in respect of and not exceeding the amount of performance deposits and partial, progress, advance or other payments by that customer for goods produced or services rendered to that customer in the ordinary course of business and consignment arrangements (whether as consignor or as consignee) or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(6)                                 Liens existing on the date of this Supplemental Indenture;

 

(7)                                 Liens to secure any extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings, refundings or replacements), in whole or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing clauses (1) through (6) or the following clauses (10) or (11) or Liens created in connection with any amendment, consent or waiver relating to such Indebtedness, so long as (a) such Lien is limited to (i) all or part of substantially the same property which secured the Lien extended, renewed, refinanced, refunded or replaced and/or (ii) property other than Principal Property or the Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company and (b) the amount of Indebtedness secured is not increased (other than by the amount equal to any costs, expenses, premiums, fees or prepayment penalties incurred in connection with any extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement);

 

(8)                                 Liens in respect of cash in connection with the operation of cash management programs and Liens associated with the discounting or sale of letters of credit and customary rights of set off, banker’s Lien, revocation, refund or chargeback or similar rights under deposit disbursement, concentration account agreements or under the Uniform Commercial Code or arising by operation of law;

 

9

 

(9)                                 Liens resulting from the deposit of funds or evidences of Indebtedness in trust for the purpose of defeasing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and legal or equitable encumbrances deemed to exist by reason of negative pledges;

 

(10)                          Liens securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, as of the date such Indebtedness is incurred, the amount that would cause the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio of the Company to be greater than 3.00 to 1.00 as of such date of incurrence; or

 

(11)                          other Liens, in addition to those permitted in the foregoing clauses (1) through (10), securing Indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount (including all outstanding Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the foregoing clause (7) to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (11)), measured as of the date of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness (after giving pro forma effect to the application of the proceeds therefrom), taken together with the amount of all Attributable Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at that time outstanding relating to Sale and Leaseback Transactions permitted under Section 4.11  not to exceed 15% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company measured as of the date any such Indebtedness is incurred (after giving pro forma effect to the application of the proceeds therefrom and any transaction in connection with which such Indebtedness is being incurred).

 

For purposes of the foregoing clauses (10) and (11), (a) with respect to any revolving credit facility secured by a Lien, the full amount of Indebtedness that may be borrowed thereunder will be deemed to be incurred at the time any revolving credit commitment thereunder is first extended or increased and will not be deemed to be incurred when such revolving credit facility is drawn upon and (b) if a Lien by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is granted to secure Indebtedness that was previously unsecured, such Indebtedness will be deemed to be incurred as of the date such Indebtedness is secured.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Principal Property” means any manufacturing plant or manufacturing facility owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries located within the continental United States that has a net book value in excess of 1.5% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company.  For purposes of this definition, net book value will be measured at the time the relevant Lien is being created, at the time the relevant secured Indebtedness is incurred or at the time the relevant Sale and Leaseback Transaction is entered into, as applicable.

 

“Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and (2) if either Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a ‘‘nationally recognized statistical rating organization’’ within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act, selected by the Company as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, or both, as the case may be.

 

“Rating Date” means the date that is 60 days prior to the earlier of (a) a Change of Control or (b) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the intention by the Company to affect a Change of Control.

 

“Ratings Event” means the occurrence of the events described in (1) or (2) of this definition on, or within 60 days after the earlier of, (i) the occurrence of a Change of Control or (ii) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the intention by the Company to effect a Change of Control (which period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for a possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies):

 

(1)                                 if the Notes are rated by one or both Rating Agencies on the Rating Date as Investment Grade, the rating of the Notes shall be reduced so that the Notes are rated below Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies or

 

10

 

(2)                                 if the Notes are rated below Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, the rating of the Notes shall remain rated below Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Domestic Subsidiary (other than Ball Capital Corp. II or any other receivables securitization entity).

 

“Responsible Officer” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time will be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who will have direct responsibility for the administration of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw Hill Corporation, Inc., and its successors.

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)                                 any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled, without regard to the occurrence of any contingency, to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person; and

 

(2)                                 any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or an entity described in clause (1) and related to such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more entities described in clause (1) and related to such Person, or any combination thereof.

 

For avoidance of doubt, neither Latapack-Ball Embalagens Ltda nor Rocky Mountain Metal Container LLC will be deemed to be a Subsidiary of the Company, in each case for so long as the Company’s ownership percentage of the Voting Stock (measured by voting power) of the applicable entity as of the date of the Supplemental Indenture does not materially increase.

 

“Supplemental Indenture” means this Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, governing the Notes, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Base Indenture and the terms hereof.

 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Supplemental Indenture is qualified under the TIA.

 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act.

 

11

 

“Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Section 1.02                            Other Definitions.

 

	
Term
    	
 
    	
Defined in
   Section
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
“Authentication Order”
    	
 
    	
2.02
    	
 
    
	
“Calculation Date”
    	
 
    	
1.01
    	
 
    
	
“Change of Control Offer”
    	
 
    	
4.09
    	
 
    
	
“Change of Control Payment
    	
 
    	
4.09
    	
 
    
	
“Change of Control Payment Date”
    	
 
    	
4.09
    	
 
    
	
“Comparable Treasury Issue”
    	
 
    	
3.07
    	
 
    
	
“Comparable Treasury Price”
    	
 
    	
3.07
    	
 
    
	
“Covenant Defeasance”
    	
 
    	
8.03
    	
 
    
	
“DTC”
    	
 
    	
2.03
    	
 
    
	
“Event of Default”
    	
 
    	
6.01
    	
 
    
	
“Independent Investment Banker”
    	
 
    	
3.07
    	
 
    
	
“Legal Defeasance”
    	
 
    	
8.02
    	
 
    
	
“Paying Agent”
    	
 
    	
2.03
    	
 
    
	
“Payment Default”
    	
 
    	
6.01
    	
 
    
	
“Reference Treasury Dealer”
    	
 
    	
3.07
    	
 
    
	
“Reference Treasury Dealer   Quotations”
    	
 
    	
3.07
    	
 
    
	
“Registrar”
    	
 
    	
2.03
    	
 
    
	
“Treasury Rate”
    	
 
    	
3.07
    	
 
    

 

Section 1.03                            Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

 

Whenever this Supplemental Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

The following TIA terms used in this Supplemental Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes;

 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note;

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Supplemental Indenture;

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

 

All other terms used in this Supplemental Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

Section 1.04                            Rules of Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)                                 a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

12

 

(2)                                 an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3)                                 “or” is not exclusive;

 

(4)                                 words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(5)                                 provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(6)                                 references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

 

(7)                                 “will” shall be interpreted to express a command; and

 

(8)                                 references to sections of the Indenture refer to sections of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 1.05                            Relationship with Base Indenture.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Base Indenture will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Supplemental Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of the Base Indenture conflicts with the express provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture will govern and be controlling.

 

The Trustee accepts the amendment of the Base Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture and agrees to execute the trust created by the Base Indenture as hereby amended, but only upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Supplemental Indenture, including the terms and provisions defining and limiting the liabilities and responsibilities of the Trustee in the performance of the trust created by the Base Indenture, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee will not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or with respect to any of the recitals or statements contained herein, all of which recitals or statements are made solely by the Company and the Guarantors, or for or with respect to (1) the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or any of the terms or provisions hereof, (2) the proper authorization hereof by the Company and the Guarantors, (3) the due execution hereof by the Company and the Guarantors or (4) the consequences (direct or indirect and whether deliberate or inadvertent) of any amendment herein provided for, and the Trustee makes no representation with respect to any such matters.

 

ARTICLE 2.
  THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01                            Form and Dating.

 

(a)                                 General.  The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes will be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Supplemental Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Base Indenture, the provisions of the Note will govern and be controlling, and to the extent any provision of the Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture will govern and be controlling.

 

(b)                                 Global Notes.  Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon).  Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form

 

13

 

of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon).  Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each will provide that it will represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

Section 2.02                            Execution and Authentication.

 

One Officer will sign the Notes for the Company and the Guarantees for the Guarantors by manual or facsimile signature or a signature by the means of an electronic transmission (including a pdf).  If an Officer whose signature is on a Note and/or a Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time such Note and/or Guarantee is authenticated, such Note and/or Guarantee will nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note and/or a Guarantee will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.  The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note or Guarantee, as applicable, has been authenticated under this Supplemental Indenture.

 

The Trustee will, upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes and Guarantees for original issue in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture, including any Additional Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.14 hereof.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes and Guarantees whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Supplemental Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

Section 2.03                            Registrar and Paying Agent.

 

The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”).  The Registrar will keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Supplemental Indenture.  If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee will act as such.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

 

Section 2.04                            Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

 

The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it

 

14

 

to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money.  If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.05                            Holder Lists.

 

The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and will otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Company will otherwise comply with TIA Section 312(a).

 

Section 2.06                            Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)                                 Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.  A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.  All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

 

(1)                                 the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; or

 

(2)                                 the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee.

 

Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes will be issued in such names and in any approved denominations as the Depositary will instruct the Trustee.  Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof.  Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, will be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and will be, a Global Note.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Sections 2.06(b), (c) or (g) hereof.

 

(b)                                 Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.  The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.  Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

 

(1)                                 Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.  Beneficial interests in any Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Note.  No written orders or instructions will be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

 

(2)                                 All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.   In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

 

15

 

(A)                               (i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase.

 

Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee will adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof.

 

(c)                                  Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.  If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.

 

(d)                                 Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.  A Holder of a Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Global Note at any time.  Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Global Notes.

 

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to the previous paragraph at a time when a Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of the Company’s order, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

A Holder of Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note.

 

(e)                                  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.  Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.  Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder will present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by his attorney, duly authorized in writing.  In addition, the requesting Holder will provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

 

(f)                                   Legends.  The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO

 

16

 

SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.  UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

(g)                                  Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes.  At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(h)                                 General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 

(1)                                 To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon the Company’s order or at the Registrar’s request.

 

(2)                                 No service charge will be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.09 and 9.05 hereof).

 

(3)                                 The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(4)                                 All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Supplemental Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

17

 

(5)                                 The Company will not be required:

 

(A)                               to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period of 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;

 

(B)                               to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

 

(C)                               to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

 

(6)                                 Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company will be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(7)                                 The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

 

(8)                                 All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or electronic transmission (including a pdf).

 

(9)                                 The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Supplemental Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Supplemental Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

(10)                          Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 

Section 2.07                            Replacement Notes.

 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met.  An indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Company may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.

 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Supplemental Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.08                            Outstanding Notes.

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

 

18

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09                            Treasury Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

 

Section 2.10                            Temporary Notes.

 

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as will be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 2.11                            Cancellation.

 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will return such canceled Notes to the Company.  The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12                            Defaulted Interest.

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment.  The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date will be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest.  At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

Section 2.13                            CUSIP Number.

 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee will use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes

 

19

 

or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption will not be affected by any defect in or the omission of such numbers.  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

 

Section 2.14                            Issuance of Additional Notes.

 

The Company will be entitled, upon delivery of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, to issue Additional Notes under this Supplemental Indenture which will have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, other than with respect to the date of issuance and issue price.  The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof and any Additional Notes issued will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Supplemental Indenture.

 

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company will set forth in a resolution of its Board of Directors and an Officer’s Certificate, a copy of each which will be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

 

(a)                                 the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture; and

 

(b)                                 the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes.

 

ARTICLE 3.
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01                            Notice to Trustee.

 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it will furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth:

 

(i)                                     the provision of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the redemption will occur;

 

(ii)                                  the Redemption Date;

 

(iii)                               the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed;

 

(iv)                              the redemption price; and

 

(v)                                 the CUSIP numbers of the Notes to be redeemed.

 

Section 3.02                            Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes (a) in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, (b) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis (unless otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange or depositary requirements).  In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

 

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a

 

20

 

multiple of $1,000, will be redeemed.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Supplemental Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

Section 3.03                            Notice of Redemption.

 

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

 

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed, including the CUSIP numbers, and will state:

 

(1)                                 the Redemption Date;

 

(2)                                 the redemption price;

 

(3)                                 if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued in the name of the Holder of such Notes upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(4)                                 the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(5)                                 that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(6)                                 that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

 

(7)                                 the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(8)                                 that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company will have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date (or such shorter period as the Trustee in its sole discretion may allow), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

Section 3.04                            Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price; provided, that any redemption of Notes pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent.

 

Section 3.05                            Deposit of Redemption Price.

 

One Business Day prior to the Redemption Date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date.  The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

 

21

 

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption.  If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest will be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any Note called for redemption will not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest will be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06                            Notes Redeemed in Part.

 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company will issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

 

No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part.

 

Section 3.07                            Optional Redemption.

 

The Company may redeem the Notes at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, in each case, at its option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such Notes discounted to the date of redemption (excluding interest accrued to the date of redemption), on a semiannual basis, at a rate equal to the sum of the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, plus in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date.  The redemption prices will be calculated assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, installments of interest on the Notes that are due and payable on interest payment dates falling on or prior to a redemption date will be payable on the interest payment date to the registered holders as of the close of business on the relevant record date according to the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture.

 

For purposes of the foregoing, the following definitions apply:

 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term (as measured from the date of redemption) of the Notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes.

 

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Company for that redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, (ii) if we are unable to obtain at least four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Company, or (iii) if only one Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation is received, such quotation.

 

“Independent Investment Banker” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., or, if such firm is unwilling or unable to select the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Company.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means (i) Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (or its affiliates that are Primary Treasury Dealers) and their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. government securities dealer in New York City (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), the Company may substitute another institution to act as a Primary Treasury Dealer, and (ii) at least two other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Company.

 

22

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date for the Notes, an average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue for the Notes, expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount, quoted in writing to the Company by the Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day preceding the redemption date.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date applicable to the Notes, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity, computed as of the third business day immediately preceding the redemption date, of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue, expressed as a percentage of its principal amount, equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for the redemption date.

 

Section 3.08                            Mandatory Redemption.

 

The Company is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 4.
 COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01                            Payment of Notes.

 

The Company or a Guarantor will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal, premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

 

The Company or a Guarantor will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Section 4.02                            Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

The Company will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture may be served.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

 

23

 

Section 4.03                            Reports.

 

(a)                                 Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes or cause the Trustee to furnish to the Holders of Notes (or file with the SEC for public availability) within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

 

(1)                                 all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s independent registered public accountants; and

 

(2)                                 all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

 

In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company will file a copy of all such information and reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations, unless the SEC will not accept such a filing, and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request.  The Company will at all times comply with TIA Section 314(a).  Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such will not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

(b)                                 For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company and the Guarantors will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

(c)                                  If the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 4.03 with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept such a filing.  The Company agrees that it will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings.  If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraphs on its website within the time periods that would apply if it was required to file those reports with the SEC.

 

Section 4.04                            Compliance Certificate.

 

(a)                                 The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) will deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Supplemental Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Supplemental Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Supplemental Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default will have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

24

 

(b)                                 So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above will be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent registered public accountants (who will be a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated any provisions of Article 4 or Article 5 hereof or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants will not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

 

(c)                                  The Company will, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible, but in no event later than five days after any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05                            Taxes.

 

The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 4.06                            Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

 

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Supplemental Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07                           Limitation on Liens.

 

The Company will not, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur or assume any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any Principal Property or upon the Capital Stock or Indebtedness of any of its Subsidiaries, in each case to secure Indebtedness of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any other Person, without securing the Notes (together with, at the option of the Company, any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary ranking equally in right of payment with the Notes) equally and ratably with or, at the option of the Company, prior to, such other Indebtedness for so long as such other Indebtedness is so secured.  Any Lien that is granted to secure the Notes under this Section 4.07 shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes under this Section 4.07.

 

Section 4.08                            Corporate Existence.

 

Subject to Articles 5 and 10 hereof, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Unrestricted Subsidiary with $20.0 million of net sales in the most recent twelve month period or assets of $20.0 million, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary with $20.0 million of net sales in the most recent twelve month period or assets of $20.0 million and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Unrestricted Subsidiary with $20.0 million of net sales in the most recent twelve month period or assets of $20.0 million; provided, however, that the Company will not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors will determine that

 

25

 

the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 4.09                            Offer to Purchase Upon Change of Control Repurchase Event.

 

(a)                                 If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes as described in Section 3.07 hereof within 60 days after the Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder of Notes to repurchase all or any part, equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, of that Holder’s Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to but excluding the date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment”).  Within 30 days following any Change of Control Repurchase Event, or, at the Company’s option, prior to the consummation of the Change of Control transaction but after the public announcement thereof, the Company will send a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitutes the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in such notice (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent, pursuant to the procedures required by this Supplemental Indenture and described in such notice.  If sent prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control transaction, the notice will state that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurring prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.  The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Repurchase Event.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Repurchase Event provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Change of Control Repurchase Event provisions of this Supplemental Indenture by virtue of such compliance.

 

(b)                                 On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful,

 

(1)                                 accept for payment all Notes or portions of the Notes (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer;

 

(2)                                 deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of the Notes properly tendered; and

 

(3)                                 deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of the Notes being repurchased by the Company.

 

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail, or cause to be transferred by book entry, to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, this Supplemental Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

 

(c)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.09, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Supplemental Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price.

 

26

 

Section 4.10                            Additional Guarantees.

 

If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Supplemental Indenture and such newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary Guarantees (or is a guarantor of) any other Indebtedness of the Company, then that newly acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary will become a Guarantor and execute and deliver a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit C within 20 business days of the date on which it was acquired or created or such later date on which it guarantees (or is a guarantor of) such other Indebtedness of the Company; provided, that this Section 4.10 does not apply to any Excluded Subsidiary for so long as it continues to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary.

 

Section 4.11                            Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

 

(a)                                 The Company will not, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any arrangement with any other Person pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries leases any Principal Property that has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary to such other Person (a “Sale and Leaseback Transaction”), except that a Sale and Leaseback Transaction is permitted if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be entitled to incur Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Principal Property to be leased, without equally and ratably securing the Notes, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

(b)                                 In addition, the following Sale and Leaseback Transactions are not subject to the limitations of Section 4.11(a) and Section 4.07:

 

(1)                                 temporary leases for a term, including renewals at the option of the lessee, of not more than three years;

 

(2)                                 leases between only the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or only between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company;

 

(3)                                 leases where the proceeds from the sale of the subject property are at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of the subject property and the Company applies an amount equal to the net proceeds of the sale to the retirement of long term Indebtedness or the purchase, construction, development, expansion or improvement of other property or equipment used or useful in its business, within 270 days of the effective date of such sale; provided that in lieu of applying such amount to the retirement of long-term Indebtedness, the Company may deliver Notes or other debt securities to the Trustee for cancellation; and

 

(4)                                 leases of property executed by the time of, or within 270 days after the latest of, the acquisition, the completion of construction, development, expansion or improvement, or the commencement of commercial operation, of the subject property.

 

ARTICLE 5.
 SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01                            Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.

 

The Company will not, directly or indirectly:  (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person, or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless:

 

(i)                                     either:  (a) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger, if other than the Company, or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is either a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia or, if such Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under any such laws;

 

27

 

(ii)                                  the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger, if other than the Company, or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition will have been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; and

 

(iii)                               immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists.

 

The provisions of this Section 5.01 will not apply to a merger, consolidation, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

Section 5.02                           Successor Corporation Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made will succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture referring to the “Company” will refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Supplemental Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company will not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets that meets the requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.

 

ARTICLE 6.
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01                            Events of Default.

 

Each of the following is an “Event of Default:”

 

(a)                                 default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;

 

(b)                                 default in the payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

(c)                                  the Company fails for 30 days after notice specifying the default from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to comply with the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof;

 

(d)                                 the Company or any of its Subsidiaries fails for 60 days after notice specifying the default from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to comply with any of the other agreements in this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes;

 

(e)                                  the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a receivables securitization entity) defaults under any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a receivables securitization entity) (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a receivables securitization entity)) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Supplemental Indenture, if that default:

 

(1)                                 is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness on or before the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or

 

(2)                                 results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity;

 

28

 

and in each case, (i) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there is a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $75.0 million or more or its foreign currency equivalent and (ii) the Company has received notice specifying the default from the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding and thereafter does not cure the default within 30 days;

 

(f)                                   the Company or any of its Subsidiaries fails to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $75.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent, excluding amounts covered by insurance, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

 

(g)                                  any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee, in each case except as permitted by this Supplemental Indenture.

 

(h)                                 the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i)                                     commences a voluntary case,

 

(ii)                                  consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(iii)                               consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(iv)                              makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,

 

(v)                                 generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

 

(i)                                     a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(i)                                     is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

 

(ii)                                  appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(iii)                               orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; and

 

the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

 

Section 6.02                            Acceleration.

 

If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.01 hereof) with respect to the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.  Upon any such declaration, the Notes will become due and payable immediately.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in clause (h) or (i) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs with respect to the Company, any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant

 

29

 

Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will be due and payable without further action or notice.  Holders of the Notes may not enforce this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Supplemental Indenture.

 

In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, an equivalent premium will also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.

 

The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with this Supplemental Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

 

Section 6.03                            Other Remedies.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Supplemental Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default will not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04                            Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Supplemental Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration.  Upon any such waiver, such Default or Event of Default will cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Supplemental Indenture; but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05                            Control by Majority.

 

Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Supplemental Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

Section 6.06                            Limitation on Suits.

 

A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes only if:

 

(a)                                 the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(b)                                 the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(c)                                  such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

30

 

(d)                                 the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of such security or indemnity; and

 

(e)                                  during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

 

A Holder of a Note may not use this Supplemental Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to any Holder).

 

Section 6.07                            Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, will not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08                            Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as Trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as will be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09                            Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and will be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee will consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, will be denied for any reason, payment of the same will be secured by a Lien on, and will be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained will be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

Section 6.10                            Priorities.

 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it will pay out the money in the following order:

 

First:  to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

31

 

Second:  to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

 

Third:  to the Company.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11                            Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Supplemental Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7.
 TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01                            Duties of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Supplemental Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

 

(b)                                 Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i)                                     the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Supplemental Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Supplemental Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations will be read into this Supplemental Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii)                                  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture, but in the case of any such certificates of opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(c)                                  The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i)                                     this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

 

(ii)                                  the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(iii)                               the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

 

32

 

(d)                                 Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Supplemental Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (e) and (f) of this Section and Section 7.02.

 

(e)                                  No provision of this Supplemental Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability.  The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Supplemental Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder will have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f)                                   The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 7.02                            Rights of Trustee.

 

(a)                                 The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(b)                                 Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c)                                  The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

 

(d)                                 The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Supplemental Indenture.

 

(e)                                  Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Supplemental Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company or any Guarantor will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company or Guarantor issuing such demand, request or notice.

 

(f)                                   The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Supplemental Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders will have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(g)                                  Whenever in the administration of this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee will deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate.

 

(h)                                 The Trustee will not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture.

 

(i)                                     The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and

 

33

 

premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(j)                                    In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(k)                                 The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and will be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(l)                                     The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

Section 7.03                            Individual Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  However, in the event the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee (if this Supplemental Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign.  Any Agent may exercise the same rights, with the same duties, as the Trustee under this Section 7.03.  The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

Section 7.04                            Trustee’s Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes, it will not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05                            Notice of Defaults.

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice from Holders of the Notes if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

 

Section 7.06                            Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.

 

Within 60 days after each March 15 beginning with the March 15 following the date of this Supplemental Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA Section 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also will comply with TIA Section 313(b)(2).  The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA Section 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes will be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA Section 313(d).

 

34

 

The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange or delisted therefrom.

 

Section 7.07                            Compensation and Indemnity.

 

The Company and the Guarantors will pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation as agreed upon in writing for its acceptance of this Supplemental Indenture and services hereunder.  The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a Trustee of an express trust.  The Company and the Guarantors will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

The Company and the Guarantors will, jointly and severally, indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (including taxes other than taxes based upon the income of the Trustee) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Supplemental Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Supplemental Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company and the Guarantors or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct.  The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company and the Guarantors of its obligations hereunder.  The Company will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense.  The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 shall be joint and several and will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes.  Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

The Trustee will comply with the provisions of TIA Section 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.

 

Section 7.08                            Replacement of Trustee.

 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

 

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company.  The Holders of Notes of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing.  The Company may remove the Trustee if:

 

(a)                                 the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(b)                                 the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

35

 

(c)                                  a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(d)                                 the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Supplemental Indenture.  The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders of the Notes.  The retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee (including its agents and/or counsel) hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09                            Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.10                            Eligibility; Disqualification.

 

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate Trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

This Supplemental Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(1), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 310(b).

 

Section 7.11                            Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

 

The Trustee is subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed will be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

Section 7.12                            Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company.

 

Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Supplemental Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action will be taken or such omission will be effective.  The Trustee will not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date will not be less than three Business Days after the date

 

36

 

any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer will have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to the taking of such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee will have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

 

ARTICLE 8.
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01                            Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02                            Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and to have each Guarantor’s obligation discharged with respect to its Guarantee on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Supplemental Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Supplemental Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, will execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:  (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8.  Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03                            Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.07, 4.09, 4.10 and 4.11 and clause (iv) of Section 5.01 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company, each Guarantor and each Restricted Subsidiary may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Supplemental Indenture and such Notes will be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(c) through 6.01(e) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

 

37

 

Section 8.04                            Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The following will be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

 

(a)                                 the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date;

 

(b)                                 in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Supplemental Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(c)                                  in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(d)                                 no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit, other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of the proceeds of which will be used to defease the Notes pursuant to this Article 8 concurrently with such incurrence, or insofar as Sections 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) hereof is concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness), and the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings;

 

(e)                                  such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Supplemental Indenture and the agreements governing any other Indebtedness being defeased,  discharged or replaced) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

 

(f)                                   the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of the Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and

 

(g)                                  the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05                            Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the

 

38

 

Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Supplemental Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Company and the Guarantors will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

Section 8.06                            Repayment to Company.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable will be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the reasonable expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

 

Section 8.07                            Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 9.
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01                            Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes without the consent of any Holder or Holders of a Note:

 

(a)                                 to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

(b)                                 to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

39

 

(c)                                  to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders of the Notes in the case of merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s assets, applicable;

 

(d)                                 to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Supplemental Indenture of any Holder of the Notes;

 

(e)                                  to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Supplemental Indenture under the TIA;

 

(f)                                   to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture;

 

(g)                                  to conform the text of this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees to any provision of the Description of Notes to the extent that such provision in the Description of Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees;

 

(h)                                 to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Guarantee with respect to the Notes;

 

(i)                                     to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee;

 

(j)                                    to add guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

(k)                                 to secure the Notes; or

 

(l)                                     to release any Lien granted in favor of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof upon release of the Lien securing the underlying obligation that gave rise to such Lien.

 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Supplemental Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Supplemental Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 9.02                            With Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Supplemental Indenture (including Sections 3.09  and 4.09 hereof), the Guarantees and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes, and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof) and any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes).  Section 2.08 hereof will determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Company in the execution of such

 

40

 

amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Supplemental Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

 

It will not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it will be sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment or waiver.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes.  However, without the consent of each Holder of Notes affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

(a)                                 reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(b)                                 reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes except as provided above with respect to Sections 4.09 hereof;

 

(c)                                  reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

 

(d)                                 waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration:

 

(e)                                  make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

 

(f)                                   make any change in the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, interest on the Notes;

 

(g)                                  make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions; or

 

(h)                                 release any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Supplemental Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 9.03                            Compliance With Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every amendment or supplement to this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

 

Section 9.04                            Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes

 

41

 

effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

Section 9.05                           Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee will, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Section 9.06                            Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.

 

The Trustee will sign any amended, restated or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors approves it.  In executing any amended, restated or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended, restated or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture.

 

ARTICLE 10.
 NOTE GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01                     Guarantee.

 

Subject to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:  (a) the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.  Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder will be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Supplemental Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture.

 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

42

 

Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.  Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee.  The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantee.

 

Section 10.02                     Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

 

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee and this Article 10 will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

Section 10.03                     Execution and Delivery of Guarantee.

 

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee substantially in the form included in Exhibit C will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Supplemental Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer.

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on this Supplemental Indenture or on the Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Supplemental Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

In the event that the Company creates or acquires any new Subsidiaries subsequent to the date of this Supplemental Indenture, if required by Section 4.10 hereof, the Company will cause such Subsidiaries to execute supplemental indentures to this Supplemental Indenture and Guarantees in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof and this Article 10, to the extent applicable.

 

Section 10.04                     Guarantors May Consolidate, etc. on Certain Terms.

 

A Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into, whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person, another Person other than the Company or another Guarantor, unless:

 

(a)                                 immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

43

 

(b)                                 either:

 

(1)                                 the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger, if other than the Guarantor or the Company, assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Supplemental Indenture and its Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit C hereto; or

 

(2)                                 such sale or other disposition does not violate the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in the form of Exhibit C to the Trustee, of the Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Supplemental Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.  Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder.  All the Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Supplemental Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture as though all of such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

Except as set forth in Article 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in this Supplemental Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.  Upon any such consolidation or merger of any Guarantor with or into another Guarantor or with or into the Company, the Guarantee of the Guarantor that does not survive will no longer be of any force or effect.

 

Section 10.05                     Releases Following Sale of Assets, Etc..

 

In the event of (a) any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company; (b) any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor, including by way of dividend of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor to the stockholders of the Company, to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company; (c) upon legal defeasance, covenant defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as provided in Article 8 and Article 11; or (d) upon release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee of all other Indebtedness of the Company, then such Guarantor or the corporation acquiring the property will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Guarantee; provided that in the case of clause (a) or (b) such sale or other disposition does not violate the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture.  Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee.

 

Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Guarantee will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Supplemental Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

 

ARTICLE 11.
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01                     Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

This Supplemental Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

 

44

 

(1)                                 either:

 

(a)                                 all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(b)                                 all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

(2)                                 no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

 

(3)                                 the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Supplemental Indenture; and

 

(4)                                 the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Supplemental Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

 

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

ARTICLE 12.
 MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01                     Trust Indenture Act Controls.

 

If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA Section 318(c), the imposed duties will control.

 

Section 12.02                     Notices.

 

Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address.

 

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

 

Ball Corporation
 10 Longs Peak Drive
 Broomfield, Colorado 80021-2510
 Telecopier No.:  (303) 460-2691
 Attention:  Treasurer

 

With a copy to:

 

45

 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
 155 North Wacker Drive
 Chicago, Illinois 60606
 Telecopier No.:  (312) 407-0411
 Attention:  Joseph Miron, Esq.

 

If to the Trustee:

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.
 700 S. Flower Street, Suite 500
 Los Angeles, CA 90017
 Telecopier No.:  (213) 630-6298
 Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration

 

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given:  at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.  Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods.  If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction.  The party providing electronic instructions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

 

Section 12.03                     Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes.  The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else will have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

 

Section 12.04                     Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Supplemental Indenture, the Company will furnish to the Trustee:

 

46

 

(a)                                 an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which will include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Supplemental Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 

(b)                                 except with respect to the initial issuance of the Notes, an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which will include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

 

Section 12.05                     Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion.

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Supplemental Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA Section 314(a)(4)) will comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(e) and will include:

 

(a)                                 a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(b)                                 a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c)                                  a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

 

(d)                                 a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

 

Section 12.06                     Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 12.07                     Calculation of Foreign Currency Amounts.

 

The calculation of the U.S. dollar equivalent amount for any amount denominated in a foreign currency will be the noon buying rate in the City of New York as certified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the date on which such determination is required to be made or, if such day is not a day on which such rate is published, the rate most recently published prior to such day.

 

Section 12.08                     No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

 

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees, this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees.  The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

 

Section 12.09                     Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

47

 

EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 12.10                     Force Majeure.

 

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

Section 12.11                     No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

 

This Supplemental Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 12.12                     Successors.

 

All agreements of the Company in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture will bind its successors.

 

Section 12.13                     Severability.

 

In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes will be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.14                     Counterpart Originals.

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 12.15                     Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

48

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Eighth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

	
 
    	
BALL   CORPORATION
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:   
    	
/s/   Jeff A. Knobel
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   
    	
Jeff   A. Knobel
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   
    	
Vice   President and Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Aerosol and Specialty Container Holding Corporation
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Aerosol and Specialty Container Inc.
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Metal Beverage Container Corp.
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Metal Food Container Corp.
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Packaging Corp.
    
	
 
    	
Latas de Aluminio Ball, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
USC   May Verpackungen Holding Inc.
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Advanced Aluminum Technologies Corp.
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Aerospace & Technologies Corp.
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Technologies Holdings Corp.
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Holdings Corp.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:   
    	
/s/   Jeff A. Knobel
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   
    	
Jeff   A. Knobel
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:    
    	
Treasurer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Corporation, a Nevada corporation
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Glass Containers, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Container LLC
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Holdings LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:   
    	
/s/   Charles E. Baker
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   
    	
Charles   E. Baker
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:    
    	
President   and Secretary
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Metal Container Corporation
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Metal Food Container, LLC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:   
    	
/s/   Charles E. Baker
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   
    	
Charles   E. Baker
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:    
    	
Secretary
    

 

 

	
 
    	
Ball   Pan-European Holdings, Inc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:   
    	
/s/   Charles E. Baker
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   
    	
Charles   E. Baker
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:    
    	
Assistant   Secretary
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Delaware Holdings, LLC
    
	
 
    	
Ball   Asia Services Limited
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:   
    	
/s/   Charles E. Baker
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   
    	
Charles   E. Baker
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:    
    	
Vice   President and Secretary
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
The   Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:   
    	
/s/   Teresa Petta
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:   
    	
Teresa   Petta
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:   
    	
Vice   President
    

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

 

[FACE OF NOTE]

 

[INSERT THE GLOBAL NOTE LEGEND, IF APPLICABLE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE]

 

 

4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023

 

	
ISIN   No.: 
    	
$                       
    
	
CUSIP   No.:
    	
 
    

 

BALL CORPORATION

 

promises to pay                  or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                         on November 15, 2023.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  May 15th and November 15th

 

Record Dates:  May 1st and November 1st

 

Dated:

 

 

	
 
    	
BALL   CORPORATION
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Name:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Title:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Date   of Authentication:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

	
This   is one of the Global Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Supplemental   Indenture:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

	
Dated:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
THE BANK OF NEW YORK   MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,
    	
 
    
	
as Trustee
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
By:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

A-1

 

[Back of Note]

 

4% Senior Notes due 2023

 

Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.                                      INTEREST .  Ball Corporation, an Indiana corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 4% per annum from the date hereof until maturity.  The Company will pay interest semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest will accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date will be                 .  The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2.                                      METHOD OF PAYMENT.  The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders of Notes; provided that all payments of principal, premium and interest with respect to Notes the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Trustee will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof.  Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

3.                                      PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.  Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

4.                                      INDENTURE.  This Note is one of a duly authenticated series of securities of the Company issued and to be issued in one or more series under an indenture (the “Base Indenture”), dated as of March 27, 2006, between the Company and the Trustee, as amended by the Eighth Supplemental Indenture (the “Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), dated as of May 16, 2013, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Supplemental Indenture and those made part of the Supplemental Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code Sections 77aaa-77bbbb).  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Base Indenture, the provisions of this Note will govern and be controlling, and to the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the provisions 

 

A-2

 

of the Supplemental Indenture will govern and be controlling.  The Company will be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Supplemental Indenture.

 

5.                                      OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

 

The Company may redeem the Notes at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, in each case, at its option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such Notes discounted to the date of redemption (excluding interest accrued to the date of redemption), on a semiannual basis, at a rate equal to the sum of the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, plus in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the redemption date.  The redemption prices will be calculated assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, installments of interest on the Notes that are due and payable on interest payment dates falling on or prior to a redemption date will be payable on the interest payment date to the registered holders as of the close of business on the relevant record date according to the Notes and the Supplemental Indenture.

 

For purposes of the foregoing, the following definitions apply:

 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term (as measured from the date of redemption) of the Notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the Notes.

 

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Company for that redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, (ii) if we are unable to obtain at least four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Company, or (iii) if only one Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation is received, such quotation.

 

“Independent Investment Banker” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., or, if such firm is unwilling or unable to select the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Company.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means (i) Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (or its affiliates that are Primary Treasury Dealers) and their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. government securities dealer in New York City (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), Ball may substitute another institution to act as a Primary Treasury Dealer, and (ii) at least two other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Company.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date for the Notes, an average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue for the Notes, expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount, quoted in writing to the Company by the Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day preceding the redemption date.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date applicable to the Notes, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity, computed as of the third business day immediately preceding the redemption date, of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue, expressed as a percentage of its principal amount, equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for the redemption date.

 

A-3

 

6.                                      MANDATORY REDEMPTION.  The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

 

7.                                      REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL REPURCHASE EVENT .

 

(a)                                 If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes as described under clause (5) above within 60 days after the Change of Control, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each holder of notes to repurchase all or any part, equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, of each Holder’s Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to but excluding the date of repurchase (the “Change of Control Payment”).  Within 30 days following any Change of Control Repurchase Event or, at the Company’s option, prior to the consummation of the Change of Control transaction, but after the public announcement thereof, the Company will send a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Supplemental Indenture.  If sent prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control transaction, the notice will state that the Change of Control Offer is conditioned on a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurring prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

8.                                      NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.  Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.  Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed.  On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

9.                                      DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  Notes may be transferred or exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture.  The Company need not exchange or transfer any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

 

10.                               PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

11.                               AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.  The Base Indenture may be amended as provided therein.  Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, voting as a single class, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, voting as a single class.  Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented (i) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; (iii) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s or Guarantor’s assets, as applicable (iv) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder; (v) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Supplemental Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; 

 

A-4

 

(vi) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Supplemental Indenture; (vii) to conform the text of the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees to any provision of the Description of Notes to the extent that such provision in the Description of Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees; (viii) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Supplemental Indenture and/or a Guarantee with respect to the Notes; (ix) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee; (x) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes; (xi) to secure the Notes; or (xii) to release any Lien granted in favor of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to Section 4.07 of the Supplemental Indenture upon release of the Lien securing the underlying obligation that gave rise to such Lien.

 

12.                               DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.  Each of the following is an “EVENT OF DEFAULT”:  (i) default for a period of 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes; (ii) default in the payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes; (iii) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries fails for 30 days after notice specifying the default from the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding to comply with any of the provisions of Sections 4.09 of the Supplemental Indenture; (iv) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries fails for 60 days after notice specifying the default from the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding to comply with any of the other agreements in the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes; (v) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a receivables securitization entity) defaults under any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a receivables securitization entity) (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than a receivables securitization entity)) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Supplemental Indenture, if that default (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or interest on such Indebtedness on or before the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”) or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there is a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $75.0 million or more or its foreign currency equivalent, and in each case the Company has received notice specifying the default from the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding and thereafter does not cure the default within 30 days; (vi) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries fails to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $75.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent, excluding amounts covered by insurance, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vii) any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary is held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary, denies or disaffirms its obligations under such Guarantor’s Guarantee, in each case except as permitted by the Supplement Indenture; or (viii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency occur with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law.

 

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of Bankruptcy Law, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.  Holders may not enforce the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Supplemental Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Supplemental Indenture except a

 

A-5

 

continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes.  The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Supplemental Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

 

13.          TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY.  The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

 

14.          NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.  A director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

 

15.          AUTHENTICATION.  This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

16.          ABBREVIATIONS.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

17.          CUSIP NUMBERS.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.  The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Base Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture and the Guarantees.  Requests may be made to:

 

Ball Corporation
 10 Longs Peak Drive
 Broomfield, Colorado 80021-2510
 Telecopier No.:  (303) 460-2691
 Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

A-6

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

	
(I) or   (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(Insert assignee’s legal name)
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
 
    
	
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
    

 

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                           

to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Your   Signature:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
(sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this senior note)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Tax   Identification No:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Signature   Guarantee:
    	
 
    
						

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-7

 

Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the box below:

 

o   Section 4.09

 

If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 of the Supplemental Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $

 

	
Date:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Your   Signature:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(sign exactly as your name appears on the face of   this senior note)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Tax   Identification No:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Signature   Guarantee:
    	
 
    
							

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-8

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

 

For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Supplemental Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Supplemental Indenture and subject to the provisions in the indenture (the “Base Indenture “), dated as of March 27, 2006, between Ball Corporation, (the “Company”) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (f/k/a The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee (the “Trustee “), as amended by the Eighth Supplemental Indenture (the “Eighth Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture “), dated as of May 16, 2013, among the Company, the Guarantors named on the signature pages thereto and the Trustee, (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Eighth Supplemental Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and the Eighth Supplemental Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Eighth Supplemental Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee.  Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, agrees to and will be bound by such provisions and appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose.

 

	
 
    	
[Name   of Guarantor(s)]
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Title:
    

 

B-1

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture “), dated as of                     , 20   , among                          (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary “), a subsidiary of Ball Corporation (or its permitted successor), an Indiana corporation (the “Company “), the Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Eighth Supplemental Indenture referred to herein) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the Eighth Supplemental Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee “).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Base Indenture “), dated as of March 27, 2006, between the Company and the Trustee, as amended by an Eighth Supplemental Indenture (the “Eighth Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), dated as of May 16, 2013, among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee, providing for the original issuance of an aggregate principal amount of $1.0 billion of 4% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “ Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, the Eighth Supplemental Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Note Guarantee”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.             Capitalized Terms.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition will have the meanings assigned to them in the Eighth Supplemental Indenture.

 

2.             Agreement to Guarantee.  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees as follows:

 

(a)           Along with all Guarantors named in the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, to jointly and severally Guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

 

(i)            the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

(ii)           in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so

 

C-1

 

guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.

 

(b)           The obligations hereunder will be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

 

(c)           The following is hereby waived:  diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

 

(d)           This Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary accepts all obligations of a Guarantor under the Eighth Supplemental Indenture.

 

(e)           If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

(f)            The Guaranteeing Subsidiary will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

 

(g)           As between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.

 

(h)           The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

 

(i)            Pursuant to Section 10.02 of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, after giving effect to any maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under Article 10 of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, this new Note Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount permissible such that the obligations of such Guarantor under this Note Guarantee will not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

3.             Execution and Delivery.  Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary agrees that the Note Guarantees will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee.

 

C-2

 

4.             Guaranteeing Subsidiary may Consolidate, etc. on Certain Terms.

 

(a)           The Guaranteeing Subsidiary may not sell or otherwise dispose of all substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor unless:

 

(i)            immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(ii)           either (A) subject to Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Notes, the Eighth Supplemental Indenture and the Note Guarantee on the terms set forth herein or therein; or (B) such sale or other disposition does not violate the applicable provisions of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture.

 

(b)           In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.  Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable under the Eighth Supplemental Indenture which theretofore will not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee.  All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under the Eighth Supplemental Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

(c)           Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 and Section 10.05 of Article 10 of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, and notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, nothing contained in the Eighth Supplemental Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

 

5.             Releases.

 

(a)           In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the capital stock of any Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Subsidiary of the Company, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Note Guarantee; provided that such sale or other disposition does not violate the applicable provisions of the Supplemental Indenture.  Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee will execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

 

C-3

 

(b)           Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee will remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under the Eighth Supplemental Indenture as provided in Article 10 of the Eighth Supplemental Indenture.

 

6.             No Recourse Against Others.  No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Note Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

7.             New York Law to Govern.  THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

8.             Counterparts.  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

9.             Effect of Headings.  The Section headings herein are for convenience only and will not affect the construction hereof.

 

10.          The Trustee.  The Trustee will not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

 

C-4

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

 

 

	
Dated:                  , 20      
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
[GUARANTEEING   SUBSIDIARY]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Name:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Title:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
[COMPANY]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Name:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Title:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
[EXISTING   GUARANTORS]
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Name:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
Title:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
[TRUSTEE],
    
	
 
    	
as Trustee
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
By:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Authorized   Signatory
    

 

C-5

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00217-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00217-of-00352.parquet"}]]